WO2020200135A1 - Resource configuration method and communication device - Google Patents

Resource configuration method and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020200135A1
WO2020200135A1 PCT/CN2020/081938 CN2020081938W WO2020200135A1 WO 2020200135 A1 WO2020200135 A1 WO 2020200135A1 CN 2020081938 W CN2020081938 W CN 2020081938W WO 2020200135 A1 WO2020200135 A1 WO 2020200135A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
transmission resource
terminal device
transmission
resource pool
message
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/081938
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李翔宇
彭文杰
王君
戴明增
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020200135A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020200135A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0011Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/11Allocation or use of connection identifiers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a resource configuration method and communication device.
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2I vehicle-to-infrastructure
  • V2N vehicle to network
  • ADS Automated driving
  • the special resource pool of the target cell can be included in the handover command and sent to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can randomly select resources from a special resource pool for side-chain data transmission during the period from receiving the handover command to completing the handover, or before selecting the sending resource through the sensing process.
  • the special resource pool configured in the current handover command cannot support service continuity well and cannot meet the application scenarios of group communication.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a resource configuration method and a communication device to solve the technical problem of poor service continuity of terminal equipment during cell handover in the prior art.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a resource configuration method, which is applicable to a first network device, the first network device may be a target network device, and the second network device appearing in the method may be a source network device.
  • the method includes: a first network device receives a first message sent by a second network device, the first message is used for a handover request, and the first message includes a first transmission resource configured in a source cell and/or a first message.
  • the information of the transmission resource pool The first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device.
  • the first transmission resource is the transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the source cell.
  • the first transmission resource pool Is the transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, and the terminal device is in the radio resource control RRC connection state; the first network device sends a second message for responding to the handover request to the second network device, and the second message includes instructions for indicating Information on whether the terminal device continues to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after switching to the target cell.
  • the first network device can decide whether to continue to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell after the terminal device is handed over to the target cell, thereby enabling Ensure the business continuity of terminal equipment during cell handover.
  • the The second message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after switching to the target cell.
  • the first network device can instruct the terminal device to allow the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or configured in the source cell after switching to the target cell by responding to the handover request sent by the second network device. Or the information of the first transmission resource pool, so that the terminal device can use the same transmission resource or transmission resource pool to transmit data before and after cell handover, so as to avoid the impact of different resources configured in different cells on the continuity of communication.
  • the The second message may include second indication information, which is used to indicate the second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool reconfigured in the target cell, the second transmission resource and the second transmission resource pool respectively Used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device, the second transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the target cell, and the second transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the target cell.
  • the first network device can instruct the terminal device to reconfigure the second transmission resource and/or that can be used after handover to the target cell by responding to the handover request sent by the second network device. Or the information of the second transmission resource pool, so as to ensure the service continuity of the terminal device during cell handover.
  • the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool is the second network device from the terminal device Obtained from the sent measurement report message; or, the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool are determined by the second network device according to the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the information of the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell can be actively reported by the terminal device, or it can be reported by the second network device, such as the source network device according to the terminal.
  • the identification of the device is determined, and multiple implementation methods can effectively improve the applicability of this resource allocation method.
  • the downlink control information DCI indicates activation or Deactivated transmission resources, or transmission resources that do not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration;
  • the first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool include a transmission resource pool and a reception resource pool.
  • the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource can be configured grant configured by the network device, for example, can be configured grant type1 that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation, or it can be DCI indication required Configured grant type 2 for activation or deactivation;
  • the first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool can be resource pools configured for network devices, including sending and receiving resource pools.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a resource configuration method, which is applicable to a second network device, the second network device may be a source network device, and the first network device appearing in the method may be a target network device.
  • the method includes: a second network device sends a first message to a first network device, the first message is used for a handover request, and the first message includes a first transmission resource and/or a first transmission configured in a source cell.
  • the information of the resource pool, the first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device, the first transmission resource is the transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the source cell, and the first transmission resource pool is In the transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, the terminal device is in the radio resource control RRC connection state; the second network device receives a second message sent by the first network device for responding to the handover request, and the second message includes Information indicating whether the terminal device continues to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after switching to the target cell.
  • the first network device can decide whether to continue to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell after the terminal device is handed over to the target cell, and pass The second message in response to the handover request is sent to the second network device, so as to ensure the service continuity of the terminal device during cell handover.
  • the The second message when the first network device decides to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after the terminal device is handed over to the target cell, the The second message includes first indication information, which is used to instruct the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after switching to the target cell.
  • the first network device can instruct the terminal device to allow the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or configured in the source cell after switching to the target cell by responding to the handover request sent by the second network device. Or the first transmission resource pool, so that the terminal device can use the same transmission resource or transmission resource pool to transmit data before and after cell handover, so as to prevent different resources configured in different cells from affecting the continuity of communication.
  • the handover response message includes second indication information, which is used to indicate the second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool reconfigured in the target cell, the second transmission resource and the second transmission resource pool They are respectively used to support side-chain data transmission of the terminal device after the handover is completed, the second transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the target cell, and the second transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the target cell.
  • the first network device can indicate the second transmission resource and/or used after handover to the target cell reconfigured for the terminal device by responding to the handover request sent by the second network device
  • the second transmission resource pool can thus ensure the service continuity of the terminal equipment during cell handover.
  • the method before the second network device sends the first message to the first network device, the method further includes: Receiving the measurement report message sent by the terminal device, and obtain the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool according to the measurement report message; or, the method may further include that the second network device determines the first transmission resource and/or the identification of the terminal device Or the first transmission resource pool.
  • the information of the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell can be actively reported by the terminal device, or it can be reported by the second network device, such as the source network device according to the terminal.
  • the identification of the device is determined, and multiple implementation methods can effectively improve the applicability of this resource allocation method.
  • the downlink control information DCI is required to indicate activation or Deactivated transmission resources, or transmission resources that do not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration;
  • the first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool include a transmission resource pool and a reception resource pool.
  • the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource can be configured grant configured by the network device, for example, can be configured grant type1 that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation, or it can be DCI indication required Configured grant type 2 for activation or deactivation;
  • the first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool can be resource pools configured for network devices, including sending and receiving resource pools.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may have the function of the first network device in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • the communication device may be the first network device, or a device included in the first network device, such as a chip.
  • the function of the above-mentioned first network device may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by hardware executing corresponding software, and the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform the corresponding function in the first aspect or any one of the first aspects.
  • the transceiver module is used to support communication between the communication device and other communication devices, for example to receive a first message sent by a second network device, or to send a second message for responding to a handover request to the second network device.
  • the communication device may also include a storage module, which is coupled with the processing module, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the processing module may be a processor
  • the communication module may be a transceiver
  • the storage module may be a memory.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a memory.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute computer program instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the first aspect described above. Or any of the possible design methods in the first aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface; when the communication device is a chip included in the first network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, and the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • the communication device may have the function of realizing the second network device in the second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect.
  • the communication device may be a second network device, or a device included in the second network device, such as a chip.
  • the functions of the foregoing second network device may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the foregoing functions.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform the corresponding function in the second aspect or any one of the second aspects above.
  • the transceiver module is used to support communication between the communication device and other communication devices, for example, sending a first message to a first network device, or receiving a second message sent by the first network device in response to a handover request.
  • the communication device may also include a storage module, which is coupled with the processing module, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the processing module may be a processor
  • the communication module may be a transceiver
  • the storage module may be a memory.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a memory.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute computer program instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the above second aspect. Or any of the possible design methods of the second aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface; when the communication device is a chip included in the second network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, and the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor , So that the chip system implements any possible design method of the foregoing first aspect, or implements any possible design method of the foregoing second aspect.
  • processors in the chip system there may be one or more processors in the chip system.
  • the processor can be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like.
  • the processor can be a general-purpose processor, implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the memory may be a non-transitory processor, such as a read-only memory ROM, which may be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or may be set on different chips.
  • the setting method of the processor is not specifically limited.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores computer-readable instructions.
  • the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer is caused to execute the first
  • the method in any possible design of the aspect, or the method in any possible design of the above-mentioned second aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product.
  • the computer reads and executes the computer program product, the computer executes any of the possible design methods in the first aspect, or executes the first Any of the two possible design methods.
  • embodiments of the present application provide another resource configuration method, which is applicable to terminal devices.
  • the method includes: a terminal device obtains a condition for triggering a connection, and the condition includes one or more of the following: the system broadcast message does not include the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest in the business, and the use is corresponding to the frequency of interest in the business.
  • the terminal device sends a third message to the network device, and the third message is used for radio resource control RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery.
  • the conditions for triggering the connection are set in consideration of various factors such as the channel quality of the existing service transmission, the QoS requirements of the new service, the service transmission mode, etc., which can better guarantee the side link
  • the QoS requirements for service transmission on the above avoid the situation that the connection establishment conditions are too single, and the terminal equipment cannot enter the RRC connection state.
  • the transmission resource pool configured for the frequency points of interest for the current service does not meet the QoS requirements of the new service, including: the transmission delay required by the new service is less than or less than Equal to the third threshold; or, the reliability required by the new service is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the transmission rate required by the new service is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold; or, the communication distance required by the new service is greater than the sixth threshold; Or, one or more QoS parameters corresponding to the new service exceed the seventh threshold or are not in the configuration list; the service transmission mode changes, including: service transmission period, service transmission data volume information, and service transmission time information , One or more of the frequency information of service transmission changes. It can be seen that when the conditions for triggering the connection involve judging whether the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest for the service can meet the QoS requirements of the new service, and judging whether the service transmission mode has changed, there are many judgment methods and good flexibility.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives an RRC message sent by the network device, the RRC message includes any one or more parameters; or, the terminal device receives a system broadcast message sent by the network device, and the system broadcast message includes any one Or multiple parameters; or, the terminal device obtains any one or more parameters pre-configured on the terminal device.
  • any one or more parameters involved in the connection triggering condition can be configured through multiple possible implementations, avoiding a single parameter configuration method that affects the terminal device to initiate RRC connection establishment Or the RRC connection is restored, which effectively improves the applicability of the resource allocation method.
  • the network device can also choose other methods to configure the parameters in the conditions, and it is also convenient for the network device to update the conditions that trigger the connection in time according to environmental changes.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device determines the value of any one or more parameters according to the received RRC message ; If the terminal device does not receive the RRC message, it determines the value of any one or more parameters according to the received system broadcast message; if the terminal device does not receive the RRC message, and the system broadcast message is not received, it will obtain the advance Any one or more of the parameters configured.
  • the terminal device may receive one, two, or even zero of the RRC message and system broadcast message used to configure any one or more parameters, each of the parameter configurations is This method of setting priority can ensure the orderly setting of the connection trigger condition rules.
  • embodiments of the present application provide another resource configuration method, which is applicable to terminal devices.
  • the method includes: the terminal device enters the radio resource control RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, or leaves the coverage of the network device; the terminal device retains the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, and third The transmission resource and the third transmission resource pool are respectively used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device.
  • the third transmission resource is the transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the source cell, and the third transmission resource pool is the transmission configured in the source cell. Resource pool.
  • the transmission resources and/or transmission resource pool originally configured by the second network device can be reserved, so as to better support business continuity .
  • the terminal device cannot listen to the system broadcast message sent by the network device after it leaves the coverage area of the network device, when the terminal device leaves the coverage area of the network device, it retains the transmission resources and/or originally configured by the second network device within the coverage area of the network device.
  • the transmission resource pool can effectively support the business continuity of the terminal equipment on the side link.
  • the method when the terminal device leaves the coverage area of the network device, for example, after the terminal device leaves the coverage area of the network device, the method further includes: passing through the third transmission resource And/or the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource pool respectively, the terminal device releases the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool.
  • corresponding effective durations are respectively set for the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool reserved by the terminal device after leaving the coverage of the network device, which can effectively improve the resource utilization of the system.
  • the method when the terminal device leaves the coverage area of the network device, for example, before the terminal device leaves the coverage area of the network device, the method still Including: the terminal device receives the RRC message sent by the first network device, the RRC message includes the above effective duration; or, the terminal device receives the system broadcast message sent by the first network device, the system broadcast message includes the above effective duration; or, the terminal device Get the valid duration pre-configured on the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can obtain the effective duration set by the network device for the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool through multiple possible implementations, thereby avoiding the setting of the effective duration
  • the method is too single, and the terminal device does not release the reserved transmission resource and/or the transmission resource pool after leaving the coverage of the network device, which effectively improves the resource utilization rate of the system.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device determines the effective duration according to the received RRC message; if the terminal device does not receive the RRC message , The effective duration is determined according to the received system broadcast message; if the terminal device does not receive the RRC message, and the system broadcast message is not received, the pre-configured effective duration is obtained.
  • the terminal device may receive one, two, or even zero of the RRC message and the system broadcast message used to configure the effective duration
  • setting the priority for various implementations of the effective duration configuration can ensure successful setting
  • the effective duration of the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool is such that after the terminal device leaves the coverage of the network device, these resources can be released after the corresponding effective duration, thereby improving the resource utilization of the system.
  • the method when the terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, for example, after the terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, the method It also includes: the terminal device sends a fourth message to the first network device, the fourth message is used for RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery, and the fourth message includes information for indicating the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool. Information; the terminal device receives a fifth message sent by the first network device, the fifth message including information used to indicate whether the terminal device continues to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after accessing the target cell.
  • the terminal device can carry the currently reserved transmission resources and/or the transmission resource pool, and send the fourth message for RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery to the first network device, so that the first network The device decides whether to continue to use the currently reserved transmission resources and/or transmission resource pool, thereby effectively ensuring the business continuity of the terminal device.
  • the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission are used after the first network device determines that the terminal device accesses the target cell
  • the fifth message includes third indication information
  • the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after accessing the target cell.
  • the first network device can send a fifth message to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool configured in the source cell after handing over to the target cell. Therefore, the terminal device can use the same transmission resource or transmission resource pool to transmit data before and after the cell handover, and avoid the impact of different resources configured in different cells on the service continuity of group communication.
  • the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource are not used.
  • the fifth message includes fourth indication information, which is used to indicate the fourth transmission resource and/or the fourth transmission resource pool reconfigured in the target cell, and the fourth transmission resource And the fourth transmission resource pool are respectively used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device, the fourth transmission resource is the transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the target cell, and the fourth transmission resource pool is the transmission resource configured in the target cell Pool.
  • the first network device can send a fifth message to indicate the second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool that can be used after handover to the target cell reconfigured for the terminal device, This can ensure the service continuity of the terminal equipment during cell handover.
  • the method when the terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, for example, the terminal device enters Before the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, the method further includes: the terminal device receives a sixth message sent by the second network device, the sixth message is used for RRC connection suspension or RRC connection release, and the sixth message includes instructions for indicating Information about the first area, where the first area is an area that allows the terminal device to continue to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool when cell reselection occurs, and the first area includes at least one cell.
  • the terminal device moves in the first cell and can continue to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool when a cell reselection occurs, without the need for the network device to reconfigure resources.
  • the method before the terminal device sends the fourth message, the method further includes: the terminal device leaves the first area, and the terminal device is sending The fourth message was in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state before.
  • the terminal device can send a message for RRC when leaving the first area
  • the fourth message of connection establishment requests the network device to perform resource configuration.
  • the network device can allow the terminal device to continue to use the reserved transmission resource or transmission resource pool, and can also reconfigure the available transmission resource or transmission resource pool for the terminal device.
  • the method before the terminal device sends the fourth message, the method further includes: the terminal device obtains that the condition for triggering the connection is satisfied, and the terminal device It is in the RRC idle state or RRC inactive state before sending the fourth message.
  • the terminal device when it can obtain the met conditions for triggering the connection, it sends a fourth message for RRC connection establishment to enter the RRC connection state and request the network device to perform explicit resource configuration, thereby Better support the business continuity of terminal equipment and improve side chain transmission efficiency.
  • the conditions for triggering the connection may include one or more of the following: use the transmission in the third transmission resource pool When the resource transmits data, the channel state information is worse than or worse than the first threshold, or the channel congestion is greater than or greater than the second threshold; the third transmission resource pool does not meet the QoS requirements of the new service; the service transmission mode changes .
  • the conditions for triggering the connection can consider various factors such as the channel quality of the existing service transmission, the QoS requirements of the new service, and the service transmission mode. Therefore, the service on the side chain can be better guaranteed Transmit the QoS requirements to avoid the situation that the connection establishment conditions are too single, and the terminal equipment cannot enter the RRC connection state.
  • the third transmission resource pool does not meet the QoS requirements of the new service, including: the transmission delay required by the new service is less than or Less than or equal to the third threshold; or, the reliability required by the new service is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the transmission rate required by the new service is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold; or, the communication distance required by the new service is greater than the sixth threshold ; Or, one or more QoS parameters corresponding to the new service exceed the seventh threshold or are not in the configuration list; service transmission mode changes, including: service transmission period, service transmission data volume information, service transmission time One or more of the frequency information of information and service transmission changes. It can be seen that when the conditions for triggering the connection involve judging whether the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest for the service can meet the QoS requirements of the new service, and judging whether the service transmission mode has changed, there are many judgment methods and good flexibility.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives an RRC message sent by the first network device, where the RRC message includes any one or more parameters; or, the terminal device receives a system broadcast message sent by the first network device, the The system broadcast message includes the any one or more parameters; or, the terminal device obtains the any one or more parameters pre-configured on the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may receive the foregoing RRC message or system broadcast message or obtain the pre-configuration before obtaining the trigger connection.
  • any parameter involved in the connection trigger condition can be set in multiple ways, so that the connection trigger condition can be made more flexible and more suitable for the requirement of the terminal device to enter the RRC connection state.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device determines the selection of any one or more parameters according to the received RRC message Value; if the terminal device does not receive the RRC message, it determines the value of any one or more parameters according to the received system broadcast message; if the terminal device does not receive the RRC message, and the system broadcast message is not received, then obtain Any one or more parameters configured in advance.
  • any one or more parameters involved in the connection triggering condition can be configured through multiple possible implementations, avoiding a single parameter configuration method that affects the terminal device to initiate RRC connection establishment Or the RRC connection is restored, which effectively improves the applicability of the resource allocation method.
  • the network device can also choose other methods to configure the parameters in the condition, and it is also convenient for the network device to update the conditions that trigger the connection in time according to environmental changes.
  • the third transmission resource and the fourth transmission resource are transmissions that require downlink control information DCI to indicate activation or deactivation when configured.
  • the third transmission resource pool and the fourth transmission resource pool include a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool.
  • the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource can be configured grant configured by the network device, for example, can be configured grant type1 that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation, or it can be DCI indication required Configured grant type 2 for activation or deactivation;
  • the first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool can be resource pools configured for network devices, including sending and receiving resource pools.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides another communication device, which has the function of a terminal device in any possible design of the seventh aspect or the seventh aspect, or has the function of implementing the eighth or the first aspect.
  • the function of the terminal device in any one of the eight possible designs.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device, such as a vehicle-mounted terminal device or a vehicle-mounted communication device, a device contained in the terminal device, such as a chip, or a device containing the terminal device, such as various types of vehicles.
  • the functions of the above-mentioned terminal device may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform the corresponding function in the seventh aspect or any one of the seventh aspects. , Or perform the corresponding function in the eighth aspect or any one of the eighth aspects mentioned above.
  • the transceiver module is used to support communication between the communication device and other communication devices, for example, sending a third message for RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery to the network device.
  • the communication device may also include a storage module, which is coupled with the processing module, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the processing module may be a processor
  • the communication module may be a transceiver
  • the storage module may be a memory.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute computer program instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the seventh aspect. Or any one of the possible design methods of the seventh aspect, or implement any one of the above-mentioned eighth aspect or the eighth aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication interface can be a transceiver or an input/output interface; when the communication device is a chip included in a short-to-medium-short device, the communication interface can be an input/output interface of the chip.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, and the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, including: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or an instruction is executed by the processor , Enabling the chip system to implement any one of the possible design methods of the foregoing seventh aspect, or implement any one of the foregoing eighth aspect methods in a possible design.
  • processors in the chip system there may be one or more processors in the chip system.
  • the processor can be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the memory may be a non-transitory processor, such as a read-only memory ROM, which may be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or may be set on different chips.
  • the setting method of the processor is not specifically limited.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer-readable instructions.
  • the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer executes the above-mentioned first Any one of the possible design methods of the seven aspects, or any one of the possible design methods of the eighth aspect described above.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product.
  • the computer reads and executes the computer program product, the computer executes any of the possible design methods in the seventh aspect, or executes the foregoing Any possible design method of the eighth aspect.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, which includes one or more of the terminal device, the first network device, and the second network device described in the foregoing aspects.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the application scenario of V2X technology
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system to which an embodiment of this application is applicable;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a conversion relationship between RRC connection states provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6a is a schematic diagram of the application of a condition for triggering a connection provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6b is a schematic diagram of another application for triggering connection conditions provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an extension process of another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another structure of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division duplex FDD
  • TDD LTE Time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WIMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new radio
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to cellular links, and can also be applied to links between devices, such as device-to-device (D2D) links.
  • the D2D link or V2X link may also be referred to as a side link (SL), side link, side link, or auxiliary link.
  • SL side link
  • the aforementioned terms all refer to links established between devices of the same type, and have the same meaning.
  • the so-called devices of the same type can be the link between the terminal device and the terminal device, the link between the base station and the base station, and the link between the relay node and the relay node. This application The embodiment does not limit this.
  • D2D links defined by 3GPP version (Rel)-12/13, and there are also car-to-car, car-to-mobile, or car-to-any entity defined by 3GPP for the Internet of Vehicles V2X link, including Rel-14/15. It also includes the V2X link based on the NR system of Rel-16 and subsequent versions that are currently being studied by 3GPP.
  • FIG. 2 is a network architecture of a communication system to which this embodiment of the application is applicable.
  • the communication system includes a network device 210, a terminal device 220, and a terminal device 230. Further, the communication system also includes an application server 240.
  • the above-mentioned network architecture includes two communication interfaces: PC5 interface and Uu interface.
  • the PC5 interface refers to the direct communication interface between the terminal device and the terminal device
  • the direct communication link between the terminal device and the terminal device is the side link, which is used for the communication between the terminal device and the terminal device.
  • Communication based on sidelinks can use at least one of the following channels: physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH), used to carry data; physical sidelink control channel (PSCCH) ), used to carry sidelink control information (SCI), and the SCI is also called scheduling assistance (SA).
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • PSCCH physical sidelink control channel
  • SA scheduling assistance
  • the Uu interface is a communication interface between a terminal device and a network device, and the communication link between the terminal device and the network device includes an uplink (uplink, UL) and a downlink (downlink, DL).
  • Communication based on the Uu interface can be that the sender terminal device sends data to the network device through the Uu interface, and after the network device sends the data to the application server for processing, then the application server sends the processed data to the network device and passes The network device sends it to the receiving terminal device.
  • the network device that forwards the uplink data from the sender's terminal device to the application server and the network device that forwards the downlink data issued by the application server to the recipient's terminal device may be the same network
  • the device can also be a different network device, which can be determined by the application server.
  • the network device in FIG. 2 may be an access network device, such as a base station.
  • the access network device in different systems corresponding to different devices for example, in the fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4 th generation, 4G) system, the eNB may correspond, a corresponding access network device 5G 5G in the system, For example, gNB.
  • the terminal device 220 and the terminal device 230 are shown in FIG. 2, it should be understood that the network device may provide services for multiple terminal devices, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of terminal devices in the communication system.
  • the terminal device in FIG. 2 is described by taking a vehicle-mounted terminal device or a vehicle as an example, and it should be understood that the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • Terminal equipment also referred to as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • the terminal device may communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal device may be a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc.
  • terminal devices are: mobile phones (mobile phones), tablets, laptops, palmtop computers, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented Augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grid (smart grid)
  • Network equipment is the equipment used in the network to connect terminal equipment to the wireless network.
  • the network device may be a node in a radio access network, may also be called a base station, or may also be called a radio access network (RAN) node (or device).
  • the network device can be used to convert received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other, and act as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network may include an IP network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It can also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the new radio (NR) system of the fifth generation mobile communication technology (5G), or it can also include the transmission reception point.
  • NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It can also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the new radio (NR) system of the fifth generation mobile communication technology (5G), or it can also include the transmission reception point.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE-A evolved LTE system
  • gNB next generation node B
  • NR new radio
  • TRP home base station
  • BBU baseband unit
  • WiFi access point access point, AP
  • CU home evolved NodeB
  • DU distributed unit
  • a network device in a V2X technology is a roadside unit (RSU).
  • the RSU may be a fixed infrastructure entity that supports V2X applications, and can exchange messages with other entities that support V2X applications.
  • Resource allocation mode also called resource allocation mode.
  • a terminal device can use one or two resource configuration modes.
  • the first resource configuration mode is that the resources of the terminal device for data transmission on the side link each time are scheduled and allocated by the network device.
  • the resource configuration mode Mode 3 defined in the LTE V2X system and the NR V2X system
  • the defined resource configuration mode Mode 1 In this transmission mode, it will not happen that adjacent terminal devices are allocated the same resources, which can ensure better transmission reliability.
  • the second resource configuration mode is that the resources for the terminal device to transmit data on the side link each time are dynamically selected by the terminal device from the configured resource pool, for example, the resource configuration modes Mode 4 and Mode 4 defined in the LTE V2X system NR
  • the resource configuration mode defined in the V2X system Mode 2.
  • the resource pool can be configured by network equipment through system broadcast messages or RRC messages.
  • RRC connected state the terminal device can have three RRC connected states: RRC connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), RRC idle state (RRC_IDLE) and RRC inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE). As shown in Figure 3, the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state and the RRC inactive state can be converted mutually, but the RRC idle state and the RRC inactive state can only be converted from the RRC inactive state to the RRC idle state.
  • the terminal device in the RRC connected state can use the first resource configuration mode or the second resource configuration mode, or even both resource configuration modes at the same time. The specific resource configuration mode used is determined by the network device.
  • the terminal device can be divided into in-coverage (IC) terminal devices and out-of-coverage (OOC) terminal devices. Only the terminal devices within the coverage of the network equipment have various RRC connection states, and the terminal devices located outside the coverage of the network equipment cannot directly interact with the network equipment.
  • IC in-coverage
  • OOC out-of-coverage
  • the terms “system” and “network” in the embodiments of this application can be used interchangeably.
  • “Multiple” refers to two or more. In view of this, “multiple” may also be understood as “at least two” in the embodiments of the present application.
  • “At least one” can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more. For example, including at least one means including one, two or more, and it does not limit which ones are included. For example, if at least one of A, B, and C is included, then A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C are included. In the same way, the understanding of "at least one" and other descriptions is similar.
  • FIG. 4 is a resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the method can be applied to a scenario where a terminal device in an RRC connected state performs cell handover.
  • the method includes the following steps S401 to S403:
  • Step S401 The first network device receives a first message sent by the second network device, the first message is used for a handover request, and the first message includes the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission configured in the source cell. Information about the resource pool.
  • the first network device may be the target network device, the target network device is the network device that the terminal device accesses after cell handover, and the target cell is the cell that the terminal device accesses after cell handover.
  • the target cell It can be a cell under the target network device.
  • the second network device may be the source network device, the source network device is the network device that the terminal device accesses before the handover, and the source cell is the cell that the terminal device accesses before the cell handover.
  • the first message sent by the second network device may also be referred to as a handover request message.
  • the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device.
  • the side chain data transmission refers to the data transmission between the terminal device and other terminal devices on the side link .
  • the first transmission resource is the transmission resource scheduled by the second network device for the terminal device in the source cell, which may be a dedicated transmission resource for the terminal device, corresponding to the first resource configuration mode;
  • the first transmission resource pool is the second network device
  • the transmission resource pool configured for the terminal equipment in the source cell can be used in the absence of network scheduling resources, corresponding to the second resource configuration mode.
  • the second network device may configure only the first transmission resource for the terminal device in the source cell, or configure only the first transmission resource pool for the terminal device in the source cell, or it may also be the terminal device in the source cell.
  • the device configures the first transmission resource and also configures the first transmission resource pool, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device may only use the first transmission resource, or only use the first transmission resource pool.
  • the resources in the first transmission resource and the resources in the first transmission resource pool can also be used at the same time, which is also not limited.
  • the first transmission resource may be a transmission resource that requires DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration, or a transmission resource that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration.
  • the first transmission resource may be a configured grant, which is used to indicate the available time and frequency range of service transmission for the terminal device.
  • the second network device may be based on the per cell and per bandwidth part (bandwidth part, BWP). ) Configure via RRC message.
  • Configured grant includes two types: configured grant type1 and configured grant type2. The configured grant type1 does not require the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation and deactivation during configuration. Once configured, it can be used directly.
  • the configured grant type2 requires the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation and deactivation during configuration. After configuration, it is necessary to determine whether to activate or not according to the activation and deactivation indication in the DCI.
  • the first transmission resource pool is a collection of time-frequency resources, and may include two parts: a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool. In a possible design, the first transmission resource pool may be a resource pool configured by the second network device.
  • the second network device may receive the measurement report message sent by the terminal device.
  • the measurement report message includes information used to indicate the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool. Therefore, the second network device may determine the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool according to the measurement report message sent by the terminal device.
  • the measurement report message may also not include information indicating the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool, and the second network device may determine the first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool according to the identification of the terminal device. /Or the first transmission resource pool.
  • the second network device saves information, records or correspondences of transmission resources and/or transmission resource pools configured for each terminal device in the source cell, and when it is necessary to send the first message to the first network device, according to the terminal
  • the identifier of the device is searched in the stored correspondence relationship, and the corresponding first transmission resource and/or first transmission resource pool is determined.
  • the second network device may send the first message to the first network device through the Xn interface with the first network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • Step S402 The first network device sends a second message for responding to the handover request to the second network device, where the second message includes a second message for instructing the terminal device whether to continue to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource after switching to the target cell.
  • Transmission resource pool information The first network device sends a second message for responding to the handover request to the second network device, where the second message includes a second message for instructing the terminal device whether to continue to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource after switching to the target cell.
  • the second message sent by the first network device for responding to the handover request may also be referred to as a handover response message or a handover request response message.
  • the second message sent by the first network device may include the first indication information.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after switching to the target cell.
  • the second message sent by the first network device may include the second indication information.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool that the first network device reconfigures for the terminal device in the target cell.
  • the second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side chain data transmission of the terminal device.
  • the second transmission resource is the transmission resource scheduled by the first network device for the terminal device in the target cell, corresponding to the first resource configuration mode, which can be a dedicated transmission resource for the terminal device; the second transmission resource pool is the first network device in the target cell.
  • the transmission resource pool configured for terminal equipment in the cell can be used in the absence of network scheduling resources, corresponding to the second resource configuration mode. It should be understood that the first network device may configure only the second transmission resource for the terminal device in the target cell, or configure the second transmission resource pool for the terminal device only in the target cell, or it may also configure the second transmission resource pool for the terminal device in the target cell.
  • both the second transmission resource and the second transmission resource pool is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device can use the second transmission resource alone, can also use the resources in the second transmission resource pool alone, or use the second transmission resource pool at the same time.
  • the transmission resources and the resources in the second transmission resource pool are also not limited.
  • the second transmission resource may be a transmission resource that requires DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration, or a transmission resource that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration.
  • the second transmission resource may be a configured grant, which is used to indicate the available time and frequency range of service transmission for the terminal device, and may be configured by the first network device through the RRC message based on the per cell and per BWP.
  • Configured grant includes configured grant type1 and configured grant type2. Configured grant type1 does not require the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration, and configured grant type2 requires the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration .
  • the second transmission resource pool is a collection of a segment of time-frequency resources, and may include two parts: a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool.
  • the second transmission resource pool may be a resource pool configured by the first network device.
  • the first network device may send the foregoing second message to the second network device through the Xn interface with the second network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • Step S403 The second network device receives a second message used by the first network device to respond to the handover request.
  • the second network device may send the first instruction information or the second instruction information sent by the first network device to the terminal device.
  • the second network device may send a message for instructing cell handover to the terminal device, such as a handover message, and the message carries the first indication information or the second indication information.
  • the first network device decides whether the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell can continue to be used in the target cell, and configures new transmission resources and/or for the terminal device when they are not available
  • the new transmission resource pool can effectively ensure the business continuity of terminal equipment when cell handover occurs.
  • a fleet may have a large geographic range, and the terminal devices in the same fleet may be under the coverage of multiple cells.
  • the source cell and the target cell can use the same transmission resource or transmission resource pool under the decision of the first network equipment, or Before the terminal device performs cell handover, the transmission resource or transmission resource pool that the terminal device can use after accessing the target cell can be configured, so as to avoid the impact of different resources configured in different cells on the business continuity of group communication.
  • FIG. 5 is another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the method includes the following steps S501 to S502:
  • Step S501 The terminal device obtains that the condition for triggering the connection is satisfied, and the condition can be specifically expressed as one or more of the following:
  • the channel state information is worse than or equal to the first threshold or the channel congestion degree is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the terminal device when the system broadcast message includes the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest in the service, the terminal device can use the resources in the transmission resource pool to transmit data. At this time, if condition 1 is met, it indicates that the channel quality on the current side link is poor, and the side chain data transmission of the existing service may not be guaranteed. The reason may be that terminal devices that use similar transmission resources are relatively close and interfere with each other more severely, or there are a large number of terminal devices in the same area, and the transmission resource pool configured in the system broadcast message cannot support the service transmission of these terminal devices. Therefore, the terminal device needs to request RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery.
  • the service frequency of interest refers to the frequency at which the service or service type data that the terminal device is interested in is transmitted.
  • the terminal device can indicate the service frequency of interest in the side-chain UE information reported to the network device.
  • the terminal device may send sidelink UE information to the sidelink UE information.
  • the SL-V2X-CommTxResourceReq-r14 cell IE in the side chain UE information may include one or more carriers, and each carrier corresponds to a destination ID. The list is used to indicate on which frequency points the terminal equipment has interesting services to be transmitted.
  • the transmission resource pool configured for the frequency points of interest for the current service does not meet or cannot support the QoS requirements of the new service.
  • the transmission resource pool configured for the frequency points of interest for the current service does not meet or cannot support the QoS requirements of the new service, which may include: the transmission delay required by the new service is less than or equal to the third threshold, The reliability required by the new service is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold, the data rate required by the new service is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold, and the communication distance required by the new service (minimum required communication range) is greater than or greater than Equal to the sixth threshold, one or more of the QoS parameters corresponding to the new service exceeds the seventh threshold range or is not in the configuration list.
  • the one or more QoS parameters may include the PC5 5G QoS identifier (PQI) of the fifth generation communication system, the V2X communication-based quality of service indicator (V2X QoS identifier, VQI), and the fifth generation communication system.
  • System quality of service indicator 5G QoS identifier, 5QI
  • QoS flow identifier QoS Flow ID, QFI
  • guaranteed flow bit rate guaranteed flow bit rate
  • GFBR maximum flow bit rate
  • maximum flow bit rate maximum flow bit rate
  • MFBR maximum flow bit rate
  • the reason for dissatisfaction may be that new services require higher QoS parameters. For example, it can be lower transmission delay, higher reliability, higher transmission rate, larger communication distance, etc. These QoS parameters cannot be realized on the resources selected based on the transmission resource pool configured in the system broadcast message. Network equipment is required to configure more appropriate transmission resources to meet the requirements of new services.
  • the service transmission mode includes various types of information such as the period of service transmission (periodicity), data volume information of service transmission, time information of service transmission, and frequency information of service transmission.
  • the transmission period of the service is used to indicate the estimated time interval for the data of the service to arrive on the logical channel.
  • it can include various values such as 20ms, 50ms, 100ms, 200ms, or even 1000ms, which is not specifically limited;
  • the amount information may be the size or data length of a transport block (TB) configured for the service, such as messagesize information;
  • the time information of service transmission is used to indicate the time position of service transmission, for example, it may be timingoffset information.
  • Changes in the service transmission mode may include: changes in one or more of the period of service transmission (periodicity), data volume information of service transmission, time information of service transmission, and frequency information of service transmission. Due to changes in the service transmission mode, the transmission resource pool configured in the system broadcast message may no longer meet or be no longer suitable for service transmission requirements. Therefore, the terminal device needs to request RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery, so that the network device is configured with dedicated transmission resources.
  • the change in the service transmission mode may be that the service transmission period changes from 100 ms to 50 ms or 20 ms.
  • the system broadcast message does not include the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest for the service.
  • the transmission resource pool may be a transmission resource pool.
  • Step S502 The terminal device sends a third message to the network device, where the third message is used for radio resource control RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery.
  • the terminal device may send a third message to the network device when the above conditions are met. If the terminal device is currently in the RRC idle state, the third message can be used for RRC connection establishment. At this time, the third message can also be called an RRC connection establishment message; if the terminal device is currently in the RRC inactive state, the third message can be used for RRC The connection is restored. At this time, the third message may also be referred to as an RRC connection restoration message.
  • the terminal device listens to a system broadcast message under the coverage of the network device, for example, a system information block (SIB) message. If the system broadcast message contains the configuration information of the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest for the service, the terminal device can select resources from the transmission resource pool for service transmission on the side link based on the second resource configuration method; otherwise, , The terminal device may send a third message to the network device to request RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery to enter the RRC connection state, and the network device explicitly configures dedicated transmission resources.
  • SIB system information block
  • the terminal device performs data transmission on the side link according to the reserved transmission resource pool or the transmission resource pool configured in the system broadcast message. If one or more of the above condition 1, condition 2, and condition 3 is satisfied, the terminal device may send a third message to request RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery.
  • condition 1 indicates that the existing service transmission on the side link cannot be guaranteed due to poor channel/link quality and heavy load.
  • Condition 2 indicates that the QoS requirements of the new service of the terminal equipment are higher, which exceeds the current The range that the resources in the configured transmission resource pool can support, condition 3 indicates that the service transmission mode has changed.
  • the terminal device can receive the network before the terminal device determines whether the condition for triggering the connection is met.
  • An RRC message sent by a device the RRC message includes any one or more parameters; and/or, the terminal device may also receive a system broadcast message sent by a network device, and the system broadcast message includes any one or more parameters; And/or, the terminal device may also obtain the any one or more parameters pre-configured in the terminal device.
  • any one or more parameters involved in the connection trigger condition can be configured through a variety of possible implementation methods, which can avoid a single parameter configuration method, and affect the terminal equipment to initiate RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery, which effectively improves Applicability of resource allocation methods.
  • the network device can also choose other methods to configure the parameters in the condition.
  • the terminal device can also set priorities for various implementations for parameter configuration (which can be understood as the configuration method or source of the parameter).
  • the priority may be that the priority of the RRC message is greater than the priority of the system broadcast message, and the priority of the system broadcast message is greater than the priority of the pre-configured parameter.
  • the terminal device can use the value configured in the manner with the highest priority as the final value of any one or more parameters according to the set priority.
  • the terminal device receives an RRC message for configuring any one or more parameters, it can determine the value of any one or more parameters according to the RRC message; if it does not receive an RRC message for configuring any one or more parameters, The RRC message for each parameter, but the system broadcast message for configuring any one or more parameters is received, the value of any one or more parameters can be determined according to the system broadcast message; if it is not received for configuring the If an RRC message for any one or more parameters is not received, a system broadcast message for configuring any one or more parameters is not received, and any one or more parameters pre-configured in the terminal device may be acquired.
  • the terminal device may receive one, two, or even zero of the RRC message and the system broadcast message used to configure any one or more parameters, it is possible to set the priority for various implementation modes of parameter configuration. Make sure that the rules for setting the connection trigger conditions are in order.
  • the conditions for triggering the connection provided in the embodiments of the present application are set in consideration of various factors such as the channel quality of the existing service transmission, the QoS requirements of the new service, the service transmission mode, etc., which can better guarantee the side link
  • the QoS requirements for service transmission on the above avoid the situation that the connection establishment conditions are too single, and the terminal equipment cannot enter the RRC connection state.
  • This method can be applied to a terminal device that changes from an RRC connected state to an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state, or the terminal device leaves the coverage of the network device. Scene.
  • the method includes the following steps S701 to S702:
  • Step S701 The terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, or leaves the coverage of the network device.
  • the terminal device entering the RRC idle state may include: the terminal device enters the RRC idle state from the RRC connected state, or the terminal device enters the RRC idle state from the RRC inactive state.
  • the terminal device entering the RRC inactive state may include a situation in which the terminal device enters the RRC inactive state from the RRC connected state.
  • the terminal device leaving the network device coverage can include the terminal device leaving the network device coverage from the RRC connected state, or the terminal device leaving the network device coverage from the RRC inactive state, or the terminal device leaving the network device coverage from the RRC idle state, etc. In this case, the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • Step S702 The terminal device reserves the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool configured in the source cell.
  • the third transmission resource and the third transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side chain data transmission of the terminal device.
  • the third transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled by the second network device (such as the source network device) for the terminal device in the source cell, corresponding to the first resource configuration mode, and may be a dedicated transmission resource of the terminal device.
  • the third transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured by the second network device (such as the source network device) for the terminal device in the source cell, which can be used in the absence of network scheduling resources, and corresponds to the second resource configuration mode.
  • the third transmission resource may be a transmission resource that requires DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration, or a transmission resource that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration.
  • the third transmission resource may be a configured grant, which is used to indicate the available time and frequency range of service transmission for the terminal device, and may be configured by the second network device through the RRC message based on the per cell and per BWP.
  • Configured grant includes configured grant type1 and configured grant type2.
  • Configured grant type1 does not require the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration
  • configured grant type2 requires the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration .
  • the third transmission resource pool is a collection of a period of time-frequency resources, and may include two parts: a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool.
  • the third transmission resource pool may be a resource pool configured by the second network device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, it can retain the transmission resources and/or the transmission resource pool originally configured by the second network device, thereby better supporting business continuity and meeting data on the side link
  • the transmission QoS requirement prevents the terminal device from directly releasing the resources configured by the second network device when the RRC state transition occurs, which affects the data transmission on the side link.
  • the terminal device For a terminal device that leaves the coverage area of the network device, considering that the terminal device is outside the coverage area of the network device, it is unable to detect the system broadcast message sent by the network device. In this situation, the terminal device retains the transmission resources and/or the transmission resource pool configured by the second network device when it was originally in the coverage of the network device, which can effectively support the business continuity of the terminal device on the side link.
  • the terminal device may also release the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool, respectively .
  • the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource and the third transmission resource pool may be the same or different, and both can be set by those skilled in the art according to actual needs, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • a timer may be activated to set the effective duration of the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool. When the effective duration of the timer reminder arrives, the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool are released.
  • the terminal device may receive the RRC message sent by the first network device (such as the target network device), and determine the third transmission resource and/or the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource pool according to the RRC message.
  • the RRC message includes information indicating the effective duration of the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool respectively; and/or, the terminal device may also receive the system broadcast message sent by the first network device, according to the system The broadcast message determines the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool, and the system broadcast message includes information for indicating the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool respectively; And/or, the terminal device may obtain the third transmission resource pre-configured in the terminal device and/or the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource pool.
  • the terminal device may determine the validity of the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool according to the received RRC message or system broadcast message, or obtain the pre-configuration before leaving the coverage of the network device. duration.
  • the effective duration of the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool can be configured through a variety of possible implementation methods, so as to avoid the setting of the effective duration from being too singular, and the terminal device will be delayed after leaving the coverage of the network device.
  • the problem of releasing the reserved transmission resources and/or the transmission resource pool effectively improves the resource utilization of the system.
  • the terminal device may also set priorities for various implementations of obtaining the effective duration (which can also be understood as the way or source of obtaining the effective duration).
  • the priority may be that the priority of the RRC message is greater than the priority of the system broadcast message, and the priority of the system broadcast message is greater than the priority of the pre-configured parameter. In this way, the terminal device can use the value configured in the manner with the highest priority as the final value of the effective duration.
  • the terminal device can determine the valid duration according to the RRC message; if it does not receive the RRC message for configuring the valid duration, but it receives a system broadcast for configuring the valid duration Message, the effective duration can be determined according to the system broadcast message; otherwise, if the RRC message for configuring the effective duration is not received, and the system broadcast message for configuring the effective duration is not received, the pre-configured terminal device can be obtained Effective duration.
  • the terminal device may receive one, two, or even zero of the RRC message and the system broadcast message used to configure the effective duration
  • setting the priority for various implementations of the effective duration configuration can ensure successful setting
  • the effective duration of the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool is such that after the terminal device leaves the coverage of the network device, these resources can be released after the corresponding effective duration, thereby improving the resource utilization of the system.
  • the terminal device may receive a sixth message sent by the second network device (such as the source network device), and the sixth message is used for RRC connection release or RRC connection suspension.
  • the sixth message can be used for RRC connection release.
  • the sixth message can also be called an RRC connection release message (RRC release message); if the terminal device enters the RRC inactive state, The sixth message may be used to suspend the RRC connection.
  • the sixth message may be called an RRC connection release message, or may also be called an RRC connection suspension message, or may have other names, which is not specifically limited.
  • the second network device may send the sixth message to the terminal device.
  • the sixth message may include information for indicating the first area, and the first area is specifically that the terminal device is allowed to continue to use the third transmission resource and/or the first area when cell reselection occurs. 3.
  • the first area may include one or more cells.
  • the first area may specifically be the first radio access network Notification area (RAN-based notification area, RNA) area.
  • RAN-based notification area RNA
  • the terminal device moves in the first RNA area and cell reselection occurs, it may continue to use the reserved third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool to transmit data.
  • the first RNA area may be indicated by celllist information carried in the RAN-NotificationAreaInfo information element (information element, IE) in the RRC connection suspension message, or may be indicated by the RAN area ID information carried in the system broadcast message.
  • the first area when the terminal device is converted from the RRC connected state to the RRC idle state, in order to better support the mobility of the terminal device in the RRC idle state, the first area may specifically be the first effective area.
  • the first effective region functions similarly to the first RNA region.
  • cell reselection occurs when the terminal device moves in the first effective area, it can continue to use the reserved third transmission resource and/or the resources in the third transmission resource pool to transmit data, but the terminal device is currently in the RRC idle state.
  • the first effective area may be indicated by the information carried in the RRC connection release message or the information carried in the system broadcast message, and the first effective area may also have other names, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the terminal device may send a fourth message to the first network device, and the fourth message is used for The RRC connection is established or the RRC connection is restored to enter the RRC connection state again.
  • the fourth message may include information for indicating the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool.
  • the first network device may send a fifth message for responding to the fourth message to the terminal device, where the fifth message includes instructions for indicating whether the terminal device continues to use the third transmission resource after accessing the target cell. And/or the third transmission resource pool information.
  • the fourth message may be used for RRC connection establishment.
  • the fourth message may also be called an RRC connection establishment message
  • the fifth message may also be called an RRC connection establishment response message; If the terminal device was in the RRC inactive state before, the fourth message can be used for RRC connection recovery.
  • the fourth message can also be called an RRC connection recovery message
  • the fifth message can also be called an RRC connection recovery response message.
  • the fifth message may include third indication information, and the third indication information is used for Instruct the terminal device to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after accessing the target cell.
  • the terminal device can also be understood as instructing the terminal device to still reserve the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after accessing the target cell.
  • the fifth message includes fourth indication information, which is used to indicate The fourth transmission resource and/or the fourth transmission resource pool reconfigured by the first network device for the terminal device in the target cell.
  • the fourth transmission resource and the fourth transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side chain data transmission of the terminal device.
  • the fourth transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled by the first network device for the terminal device in the target cell, corresponding to the first resource configuration mode, and is a dedicated transmission resource for the terminal device.
  • the fourth transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured by the first network device for the terminal device in the target cell, which can be used when there is no network scheduling resource, and corresponds to the second resource configuration mode.
  • the fourth transmission resource may be a transmission resource that requires DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration, or a transmission resource that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration.
  • the fourth transmission resource may be a configured grant, which is used to indicate the available time and frequency range of service transmission for the terminal device, and may be configured by the first network device through the RRC message based on the per cell and per BWP.
  • Configured grant includes configured grant type1 and configured grant type2.
  • Configured grant type1 does not require the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration
  • configured grant type2 requires the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration .
  • the fourth transmission resource pool is a collection of a segment of time-frequency resources, and may include two parts: a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool.
  • the fourth transmission resource pool may be a resource pool configured by the first network device.
  • the fourth message may carry the current resource configuration of the terminal device, that is, the information used to indicate the currently reserved transmission resources and/or the transmission resource pool.
  • the network device decides whether to continue to use the current resource configuration or to reconfigure a new transmission resource or transmission resource pool, so as to effectively support the business continuity of the terminal device and meet the QoS requirements of the business.
  • the first network device may carry information for indicating the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool, Send a resource configuration release message to the second network device to notify the first network device to release the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool. Furthermore, in step S804, the first network device may receive a resource configuration release response message sent by the second network device. In this way, it is convenient for the second network device to allocate the released third transmission resources and/or resources in the third transmission resource pool to other terminal devices in the source cell for use, thereby effectively improving resource utilization.
  • the first network device may carry information indicating the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool to one or the other in the first area
  • Multiple network devices send a resource configuration release message, and receive a resource configuration release response message sent by one or more network devices in the first area.
  • the terminal device may send a fourth message when leaving the first area and entering the second area to request the establishment of the RRC connection.
  • the second area may also include at least one cell, but the second area does not overlap with the first area.
  • the RNA update process can be triggered.
  • the RNA update process may include: the terminal device sends a fourth message to the first network device for RRC connection establishment, and the fourth message includes the third transmission resource and/or third transmission resource reserved by the terminal device.
  • the second network device can send a resource configuration release message to the second network device through the Xn interface between the network devices to notify the second network device to release the third transmission resource and/ Or the third transmission resource pool; at the same time, the first network device can also decide whether the terminal device can continue to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after the terminal device RRC connection is established; the first network device can send the terminal The device sends a fifth message in response to the RRC connection establishment request in the fourth message, and the fifth message includes information indicating whether to continue to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool; if the first network The device decides to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool.
  • the fifth message includes third indication information.
  • the third indication information may be a 1-bit indication bit used to indicate acceptance of the current resource configuration; A network device decides not to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool.
  • the fifth message includes fourth indication information for indicating the new resource configuration of the terminal device.
  • the fourth indication information may be used for Information indicating the fourth transmission resource and/or the fourth transmission resource pool re-allocated by the first network device to the terminal device.
  • the first network device sends the resource configuration release to the second network device
  • the message may also be that the first network device sends a resource configuration release message to all network devices in the first RNA area, so that all network devices in the first RNA area release the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource Pool, thereby improving resource utilization.
  • a terminal device in the RRC idle state can select resources from the configured third transmission resource pool for side-chain data transmission, and select from the third transmission resource pool
  • the resources may not guarantee data transmission for services with high QoS requirements. Therefore, a terminal device in the RRC idle state can send a fourth message for establishing an RRC connection to the first network device when the preset conditions for triggering the connection are met; When the condition for triggering the connection is sent to the first network device, a fourth message for RRC connection recovery is sent.
  • the resource configuration mode will change accordingly, and the terminal device can use the first resource configuration mode , Request the first network device to schedule dedicated transmission resources for it, so as to better support the QoS requirements of the service.
  • Condition 1 When using the resources in the third transmission resource pool to transmit data, the channel state information is worse than or worse than the first threshold, or the degree of channel congestion is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • satisfying condition 1 means that the channel quality on the current side link is poor, and the side chain data transmission of the existing service may not be guaranteed.
  • the reason may be that terminal devices that use similar transmission resources are close together and interfere with each other more severely, or there are more terminal devices in the same area.
  • the third transmission resource pool cannot support the service transmission of these terminal devices, so terminal devices are required Initiate an RRC connection establishment request or an RRC connection recovery request.
  • the terminal device can determine the current channel quality according to the received channel state information (CSI). If the channel state information is worse than or equal to the first threshold, the channel quality If it is worse, it needs to request RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery.
  • the terminal equipment can also measure the degree of channel congestion on the configured transmission resource pool. For example, the degree of channel congestion can be the channel busy rate (CBR). When the degree of channel congestion is greater than or equal to the second threshold, the channel The quality is poor, and RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery needs to be requested.
  • CBR channel busy rate
  • the fourth message may also carry auxiliary information for indicating the current network status (such as the measured channel congestion degree, etc.) , So as to facilitate the first network device to configure appropriate dedicated transmission resources for it.
  • Condition 2 The third transmission resource pool does not meet or cannot support the QoS requirements of the new service.
  • the third transmission resource pool does not meet or cannot support the QoS requirements of the new service, which may include: the transmission delay required by the new service is less than or equal to the third threshold, and the reliability required by the new service (Reliability) is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold, the transmission rate required by the new business (data rate) is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold, the communication distance required by the new business (mimimum required communication range) is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold, and the new business One or more of the corresponding one or more QoS parameters exceeding the seventh threshold range or not in the range of the configuration list.
  • the one or more QoS parameters here may include one or more of PQI, VQI, 5QI, QFI, GFBR, MFBR, and so on.
  • the reason for not meeting or failing to support the QoS requirements of the new service may be higher QoS parameters required by the new service, for example, lower transmission delay, higher reliability, higher transmission rate, and larger Communication distance, etc., cannot be realized on the resources selected based on the currently configured transmission resource pool, and network equipment is required to configure more appropriate transmission resources to meet the requirements of new services.
  • Condition 3 The service transmission pattern (traffic pattern) changes.
  • the service transmission mode includes various types of information such as the period of service transmission (periodicity), the amount of data transmitted by the service, the time information of service transmission, and the frequency information of service transmission.
  • the transmission period of the service is used to indicate the estimated time interval for the data of the service to arrive on the logical channel.
  • it can include various values such as 20ms, 50ms, 100ms, 200ms, or even 1000ms, which is not specifically limited; the service transmission data
  • the amount information may be the size or data length of a transport block (TB) configured for the service, such as messagesize information;
  • the time information of service transmission is used to indicate the time position of service transmission, for example, it may be timingoffset information.
  • Changes in the service transmission mode may include: changes in one or more of the period of service transmission (periodicity), data volume information of service transmission, time information of service transmission, and frequency information of service transmission. Due to changes in the service transmission mode, the transmission resource pool configured in the system broadcast message may no longer meet or no longer meet the requirements of service transmission. Therefore, the terminal device needs to request RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery, so that the network device is configured with dedicated transmission resources.
  • the change in the service transmission mode may be that the service transmission period changes from 100 ms to 50 ms or 20 ms.
  • the terminal device in the RRC idle state can also send the third transmission resource to the first terminal device when the preset connection trigger condition is satisfied.
  • a network device sends a fourth message for RRC connection establishment; a terminal device in the RRC inactive state can also send a fourth message to the first network device for RRC when the preset conditions for triggering the connection are met. The connection is restored.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the communication device 900 includes a transceiver module 910 and a processing module 920.
  • the communication device can be used to implement the function related to the first network device in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device may be the first network device or a chip included in the first network device.
  • the communication device may also be used to implement a function related to the second network device in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device may be the second network device or a chip included in the second network device.
  • the transceiver module 910 is configured to receive the first message sent by the second network device, the first message is used for the handover request, and the first The message includes information used to indicate the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell.
  • the first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side chain data transmission of the terminal device.
  • a transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled for a terminal device in the source cell, the first transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, and the terminal device is in a radio resource control RRC connection state; the transceiver module 910 is also used to: Send a second message for responding to the handover request to the second network device; the processing module 920 is configured to perform an operation of deciding whether the terminal device continues to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after handing over to the target cell.
  • the transceiver module 910 is configured to send a first message to the first network device, and the first message includes instructions for indicating that it is in the source cell Information about the configured first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool, where the first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side-chain data transmission of the terminal device, and the first transmission resource is in the source cell.
  • the first transmission resource pool is the transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, and the terminal device is in the radio resource control RRC connection state; the transceiver module 910 is also used to receive data sent by the first network device A second message in response to the handover request, where the second message includes information used to indicate whether the terminal device continues to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after handing over to the target cell.
  • the processing module 920 is configured to obtain the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell.
  • processing module 920 involved in the communication device may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 910 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components.
  • the operation and/or function of each module in the communication device is to implement the corresponding process of the method shown in FIG. 4, and is not repeated here for brevity.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device may specifically be a network device, such as a base station. It is used to implement the function related to the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment, or is used to implement the function related to the second network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the network equipment includes: one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1001 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also known as digital units, digital units, DU) )1002.
  • the RRU 1001 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 10011 and a radio frequency unit 10012.
  • the RRU 1001 part is mainly used for receiving and sending radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals.
  • the part 1002 of the BBU is mainly used for baseband processing, control of the base station, and so on.
  • the RRU 1001 and the BBU 1002 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 1002 is the control center of the base station, which may also be called a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the BBU (processing unit) 1002 may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the BBU 1002 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network with a single access indication (such as an LTE network), or they may support different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks).
  • the BBU 1002 may further include a memory 10021 and a processor 10022, and the memory 10021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the processor 10022 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform the sending operation in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 10021 and the processor 10022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1100 includes a transceiver module 1110 and a processing module 1120.
  • the communication device can be used to implement the functions related to terminal equipment in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device, such as a vehicle-mounted terminal device; the communication device may also be a chip included in the terminal device, or a device including the terminal device, such as various types of vehicles.
  • the processing module 1120 is used to obtain the condition for triggering the connection, and the condition includes one or more of the following: the system broadcast message does not include service
  • the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency point of interest and the transmission resource in the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency point of interest are used to transmit data, the channel state information is worse than or equal to the first threshold or the channel congestion degree is greater than or equal to the second threshold
  • the transmission resource pool configured for the frequency of interest for the current service does not meet the QoS requirements of the new service, and the service transmission mode changes;
  • the transceiver module 1110 is used to send a third message to the network device, and the third message is used for RRC The connection is established or the RRC connection is restored.
  • the processing module 1120 is configured to make the terminal device enter the radio resource control RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, or leave the coverage of the network device;
  • the processing module 1120 is also used to reserve the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, where the third transmission resource and the third transmission resource pool are respectively used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device ,
  • the third transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the source cell, and the third transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the source cell.
  • the processing module 1120 involved in the communication device may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components, and the transceiver module 1110 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components.
  • the operations and/or functions of each module in the communication device are used to implement the corresponding procedures of the methods shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 8 respectively. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • the communication device may specifically be a terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
  • the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal device includes a processor, and may also include a memory, and of course, it may also include a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, an input and output device, and so on.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and the processing of radio frequency signal.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 12. In actual terminal equipment products, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1210 and a processing unit 1220.
  • the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on.
  • the processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1110 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 1210 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1210 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit.
  • the transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • transceiving unit 1210 is used to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the processing unit 1220 is used to perform other operations on the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment except for the transceiving operation.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, including: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a program or instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the The chip system implements the method in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • processors in the chip system there may be one or more processors in the chip system.
  • the processor can be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the memory may be a non-transitory processor, such as a read-only memory ROM, which may be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or may be set on different chips.
  • the setting method of the processor is not specifically limited.
  • the chip system may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC). It can also be a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or a microcontroller (microcontroller).
  • the controller unit, MCU may also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
  • each step in the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores computer-readable instructions, and when the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer is caused to execute any of the foregoing method embodiments Method in.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product.
  • the computer reads and executes the computer program product, the computer is caused to execute the method in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes one or more of the terminal device, the first network device, and the second network device described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a central processing unit (CPU), or may be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), or application specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory serial DRAM, SLDRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component
  • the memory storage module
  • the size of the sequence number of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present invention
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Abstract

Disclosed are a resource configuration method and a communication device, applicable to the Internet of Vehicles such as V2X, LTE-V, V2V and the like. The method comprises: a first network device receives a first message for switching request sent by a second network device; and the first network device sends to the second network device a second message in response to the switching request, the second message comprising message for indicating whether a terminal device continues using a first transmission resource and/or a first transmission resource pool after switching to a target cell. The first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool are used for supporting sidelink data transmission of the terminal device, the first transmission resource is scheduled for the terminal device in a source cell and the first transmission resource pool is configured in the source cell. The first network device can be used to decide whether a terminal device continues using a first transmission resource and/or a first transmission resource pool after cell switching, thereby improving the business continuity of the terminal device upon cell switching.

Description

一种资源配置方法及通信装置Resource allocation method and communication device
相关申请的交叉引用Cross references to related applications
本申请要求在2019年03月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910252621.1、申请名称为“一种资源配置方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on March 29, 2019, the application number is 201910252621.1, and the application name is "a resource allocation method and communication device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种资源配置方法及通信装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a resource configuration method and communication device.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信技术的发展,第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)提出了基于蜂窝网络的车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)技术。V2X是能够将车辆与一切事物相连接的新一代信息通信技术,具有图1中所示的车辆与车辆之间的通信(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)、车辆与人之间的通信(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)、车辆与道路设施之间的通信(vehicle-to-infrastructure,V2I)、车辆与网络之间的通信(vehicle to network,V2N)等多种应用场景,以帮助车辆更好实现自动驾驶(automated driving,ADS)功能。With the development of communication technology, the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) has proposed a vehicle to everything (V2X) technology based on a cellular network. V2X is a new generation of information and communication technology that can connect vehicles with everything. It has vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) and vehicle-to-person communication as shown in Figure 1. to pedestrian, V2P), communication between vehicles and road facilities (vehicle-to-infrastructure, V2I), communication between vehicles and network (vehicle to network, V2N) and other application scenarios to help vehicles better realize Automated driving (ADS) function.
在V2X系统中,处于无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接态的终端设备进行小区切换时,目标小区的特殊资源池可以包含在切换命令中发送给终端设备。终端设备在收到切换命令直到完成切换的这段时间内,或者在通过感知(sensing)过程选择发送资源前,可随机从特殊资源池中选择资源进行侧链数据传输。然而,由于V2X类型的业务的QoS要求较高,目前切换命令中配置的特殊资源池还不能很好地支持业务连续性,无法满足组通信的应用场景。In the V2X system, when a terminal device in a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) connected state performs cell handover, the special resource pool of the target cell can be included in the handover command and sent to the terminal device. The terminal device can randomly select resources from a special resource pool for side-chain data transmission during the period from receiving the handover command to completing the handover, or before selecting the sending resource through the sensing process. However, due to the high QoS requirements of V2X-type services, the special resource pool configured in the current handover command cannot support service continuity well and cannot meet the application scenarios of group communication.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种资源配置方法及通信装置,用以解决现有技术中进行小区切换时,终端设备的业务连续性较差的技术问题。The embodiments of the present application provide a resource configuration method and a communication device to solve the technical problem of poor service continuity of terminal equipment during cell handover in the prior art.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源配置方法,该方法适用于第一网络设备,该第一网络设备可以为目标网络设备,该方法中出现的第二网络设备可以为源网络设备。该方法包括:第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的第一消息,该第一消息用于切换请求,第一消息包括用于指示在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息,第一传输资源和第一传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输,第一传输资源是在源小区中为终端设备调度的传输资源,第一传输资源池是在源小区中配置的传输资源池,该终端设备处于无线资源控制RRC连接态;第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送用于响应切换请求的第二消息,该第二消息包括用于指示终端设备切换到目标小区后是否继续使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息。In the first aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a resource configuration method, which is applicable to a first network device, the first network device may be a target network device, and the second network device appearing in the method may be a source network device. The method includes: a first network device receives a first message sent by a second network device, the first message is used for a handover request, and the first message includes a first transmission resource configured in a source cell and/or a first message. The information of the transmission resource pool. The first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device. The first transmission resource is the transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the source cell. The first transmission resource pool Is the transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, and the terminal device is in the radio resource control RRC connection state; the first network device sends a second message for responding to the handover request to the second network device, and the second message includes instructions for indicating Information on whether the terminal device continues to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after switching to the target cell.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,可由第一网络设备来决策在终端设备切换到目标小 区后,是否继续使用在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池,从而能够确保终端设备在进行小区切换时的业务连续性。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the first network device can decide whether to continue to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell after the terminal device is handed over to the target cell, thereby enabling Ensure the business continuity of terminal equipment during cell handover.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备决定终端设备切换到目标小区后使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的情况下,该第二消息中包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备切换到目标小区后使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池。With reference to the first aspect, in the first possible design of the first aspect, in the case that the first network device uses the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after the terminal device decides to switch to the target cell, the The second message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after switching to the target cell.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,第一网络设备可通过响应第二网络设备发送的切换请求的方式,指示允许终端设备在切换到目标小区后使用在源小区配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息,从而使得终端设备在小区切换前后能够使用相同的传输资源或传输资源池来传输数据,避免不同小区中配置的资源不同对通信的业务连续性造成影响。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the first network device can instruct the terminal device to allow the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or configured in the source cell after switching to the target cell by responding to the handover request sent by the second network device. Or the information of the first transmission resource pool, so that the terminal device can use the same transmission resource or transmission resource pool to transmit data before and after cell handover, so as to avoid the impact of different resources configured in different cells on the continuity of communication.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第二种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备决定终端设备切换到目标小区后不使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的情况下,该第二消息中可包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示在目标小区中重新配置的第二传输资源和/或第二传输资源池,第二传输资源和第二传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输,第二传输资源是在目标小区中为终端设备调度的传输资源,第二传输资源池是在目标小区中配置的传输资源池。With reference to the first aspect, in the second possible design of the first aspect, in the case that the first network device does not use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after the terminal device decides to switch to the target cell, the The second message may include second indication information, which is used to indicate the second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool reconfigured in the target cell, the second transmission resource and the second transmission resource pool respectively Used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device, the second transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the target cell, and the second transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the target cell.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,第一网络设备可通过响应第二网络设备发送的切换请求的方式,指示为终端设备重新配置的在切换到目标小区后可使用的第二传输资源和/或第二传输资源池的信息,从而可确保终端设备在进行小区切换时的业务连续性。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the first network device can instruct the terminal device to reconfigure the second transmission resource and/or that can be used after handover to the target cell by responding to the handover request sent by the second network device. Or the information of the second transmission resource pool, so as to ensure the service continuity of the terminal device during cell handover.
结合第一方面,或第一方面的任一种可能的设计,在第一方面的第三种可能的设计中,第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池是第二网络设备从终端设备发送的测量上报消息中得到的;或者,第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池是第二网络设备根据终端设备的标识确定的。With reference to the first aspect, or any possible design of the first aspect, in the third possible design of the first aspect, the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool is the second network device from the terminal device Obtained from the sent measurement report message; or, the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool are determined by the second network device according to the identifier of the terminal device.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息可由终端设备主动上报,也可以由第二网络设备,如源网络设备根据终端设备的标识确定,多种实现方式可有效提高本资源配置方法的适用性。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the information of the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell can be actively reported by the terminal device, or it can be reported by the second network device, such as the source network device according to the terminal The identification of the device is determined, and multiple implementation methods can effectively improve the applicability of this resource allocation method.
结合第一方面,或第一方面的任一种可能的设计,在第一方面的第四种可能的设计中,第一传输资源、第二传输资源为配置时需要下行控制信息DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源,或者配置时不需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源;第一传输资源池、第二传输资源池包括发送资源池和接收资源池。With reference to the first aspect, or any possible design of the first aspect, in the fourth possible design of the first aspect, when the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource are configured, the downlink control information DCI indicates activation or Deactivated transmission resources, or transmission resources that do not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration; the first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool include a transmission resource pool and a reception resource pool.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,第一传输资源和第二传输资源可以为网络设备配置的configured grant,例如可以是不需要DCI指示激活或去激活的configured grant type1,也可以是需要DCI指示激活或去激活的configured grant type2;第一传输资源池和第二传输资源池可以为网络设备配置的resource pool,包括发送和接收资源池两部分。Using the technical solution in the embodiments of this application, the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource can be configured grant configured by the network device, for example, can be configured grant type1 that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation, or it can be DCI indication required Configured grant type 2 for activation or deactivation; the first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool can be resource pools configured for network devices, including sending and receiving resource pools.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源配置方法,该方法适用于第二网络设备,该第二网络设备可以为源网络设备,该方法中出现的第一网络设备可以为目标网络设备。该方法包括:第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于切换请求,第一消息包括用于指示在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息,第一传输资源和第一传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输,第一传输资源是在源小区中为终端设备调度的传输资源,第一传输资源池是在源小区中配置的传输资源池,终端设备 处于无线资源控制RRC连接态;第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的用于响应所述切换请求的第二消息,该第二消息包括用于指示终端设备切换到目标小区后是否继续使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息。In a second aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a resource configuration method, which is applicable to a second network device, the second network device may be a source network device, and the first network device appearing in the method may be a target network device. The method includes: a second network device sends a first message to a first network device, the first message is used for a handover request, and the first message includes a first transmission resource and/or a first transmission configured in a source cell. The information of the resource pool, the first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device, the first transmission resource is the transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the source cell, and the first transmission resource pool is In the transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, the terminal device is in the radio resource control RRC connection state; the second network device receives a second message sent by the first network device for responding to the handover request, and the second message includes Information indicating whether the terminal device continues to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after switching to the target cell.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,可由第一网络设备来决策在终端设备切换到目标小区后,是否继续使用在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池,并通过响应切换请求的第二消息发送给第二网络设备,从而确保终端设备在进行小区切换时的业务连续性。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of this application, the first network device can decide whether to continue to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell after the terminal device is handed over to the target cell, and pass The second message in response to the handover request is sent to the second network device, so as to ensure the service continuity of the terminal device during cell handover.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备决定在终端设备切换到目标小区后使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的情况下,该第二消息中包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备在切换到目标小区后使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池。With reference to the second aspect, in the first possible design of the second aspect, when the first network device decides to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after the terminal device is handed over to the target cell, the The second message includes first indication information, which is used to instruct the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after switching to the target cell.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,第一网络设备可通过响应第二网络设备发送的切换请求的方式,指示允许终端设备在切换到目标小区后使用在源小区配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池,从而使得终端设备在小区切换前后能够使用相同的传输资源或传输资源池来传输数据,避免不同小区中配置的资源不同对通信的业务连续性造成影响。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the first network device can instruct the terminal device to allow the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or configured in the source cell after switching to the target cell by responding to the handover request sent by the second network device. Or the first transmission resource pool, so that the terminal device can use the same transmission resource or transmission resource pool to transmit data before and after cell handover, so as to prevent different resources configured in different cells from affecting the continuity of communication.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第二种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备决定在终端设备切换到目标小区后不使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的情况下,该切换响应消息中包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示在目标小区中重新配置的第二传输资源和/或第二传输资源池,该第二传输资源和第二传输资源池分别用于在切换完成后支持终端设备的侧链数据传输,第二传输资源是在目标小区中为终端设备调度的传输资源,第二传输资源池是在目标小区中配置的传输资源池。With reference to the second aspect, in the second possible design of the second aspect, in the case that the first network device decides not to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after the terminal device is handed over to the target cell, The handover response message includes second indication information, which is used to indicate the second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool reconfigured in the target cell, the second transmission resource and the second transmission resource pool They are respectively used to support side-chain data transmission of the terminal device after the handover is completed, the second transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the target cell, and the second transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the target cell.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,第一网络设备可通过响应第二网络设备发送的切换请求的方式,指示为终端设备重新配置的在切换到目标小区后使用的第二传输资源和/或第二传输资源池,从而可确保终端设备在进行小区切换时的业务连续性。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the first network device can indicate the second transmission resource and/or used after handover to the target cell reconfigured for the terminal device by responding to the handover request sent by the second network device The second transmission resource pool can thus ensure the service continuity of the terminal equipment during cell handover.
结合第二方面,或第二方面的任一种可能的设计,在第二方面的第三种可能的设计中,第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一消息之前,该方法还包括:接收终端设备发送的测量上报消息,根据测量上报消息获得第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池;或者,该方法还包括,第二网络设备根据终端设备的标识确定第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池。With reference to the second aspect, or any possible design of the second aspect, in the third possible design of the second aspect, before the second network device sends the first message to the first network device, the method further includes: Receiving the measurement report message sent by the terminal device, and obtain the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool according to the measurement report message; or, the method may further include that the second network device determines the first transmission resource and/or the identification of the terminal device Or the first transmission resource pool.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息可由终端设备主动上报,也可以由第二网络设备,如源网络设备根据终端设备的标识确定,多种实现方式可有效提高本资源配置方法的适用性。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the information of the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell can be actively reported by the terminal device, or it can be reported by the second network device, such as the source network device according to the terminal The identification of the device is determined, and multiple implementation methods can effectively improve the applicability of this resource allocation method.
结合第二方面,或第二方面的任一种可能的设计,在第二方面的第四种可能的设计中,第一传输资源、第二传输资源为配置时需要下行控制信息DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源,或者配置时不需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源;第一传输资源池、第二传输资源池包括发送资源池和接收资源池。With reference to the second aspect, or any possible design of the second aspect, in the fourth possible design of the second aspect, when the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource are configured, the downlink control information DCI is required to indicate activation or Deactivated transmission resources, or transmission resources that do not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration; the first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool include a transmission resource pool and a reception resource pool.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,第一传输资源和第二传输资源可以为网络设备配置的configured grant,例如可以是不需要DCI指示激活或去激活的configured grant type1,也可以是需要DCI指示激活或去激活的configured grant type2;第一传输资源池和第二传输资源池可以为网络设备配置的resource pool,包括发送和接收资源池两部分。Using the technical solution in the embodiments of this application, the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource can be configured grant configured by the network device, for example, can be configured grant type1 that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation, or it can be DCI indication required Configured grant type 2 for activation or deactivation; the first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool can be resource pools configured for network devices, including sending and receiving resource pools.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可具有实现上述第一方面或 第一方面的任一种可能的设计中第一网络设备的功能。该通信装置可以为第一网络设备,也可以为第一网络设备中包含的装置,例如芯片。上述第一网络设备的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may have the function of the first network device in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect. The communication device may be the first network device, or a device included in the first network device, such as a chip. The function of the above-mentioned first network device may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by hardware executing corresponding software, and the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置的结构中包括处理模块和收发模块,其中,处理模块被配置为支持该通信装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任一种设计中相应的功能。收发模块用于支持该通信装置与其他通信设备之间的通信,例如接收第二网络设备发送的第一消息,或向第二网络设备发送用于响应切换请求的第二消息。该通信装置还可以包括存储模块,存储模块与处理模块耦合,其保存有通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。作为一种示例,处理模块可以为处理器,通信模块可以为收发器,存储模块可以为存储器,存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以和处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。In a possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform the corresponding function in the first aspect or any one of the first aspects. . The transceiver module is used to support communication between the communication device and other communication devices, for example to receive a first message sent by a second network device, or to send a second message for responding to a handover request to the second network device. The communication device may also include a storage module, which is coupled with the processing module, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device. As an example, the processing module may be a processor, the communication module may be a transceiver, and the storage module may be a memory. The memory may be integrated with the processor or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置的结构中包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序指令,以使通信装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。当通信装置为第一网络设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器或输入/输出接口;当该通信装置为第一网络设备中包含的芯片时,该通信接口可以是芯片的输入/输出接口。可选地,收发器可以为收发电路,输入/输出接口可以是输入/输出电路。In another possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a memory. The processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute computer program instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the first aspect described above. Or any of the possible design methods in the first aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface. When the communication device is a first network device, the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface; when the communication device is a chip included in the first network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip. Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, and the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
或者,该通信装置可具有实现上述第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能的设计中第二网络设备的功能。该通信装置可以为第二网络设备,也可以为第二网络设备中包含的装置,例如芯片。上述第二网络设备的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。Alternatively, the communication device may have the function of realizing the second network device in the second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect. The communication device may be a second network device, or a device included in the second network device, such as a chip. The functions of the foregoing second network device may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the foregoing functions.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置的结构中包括处理模块和收发模块,其中,处理模块被配置为支持该通信装置执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一种设计中相应的功能。收发模块用于支持该通信装置与其他通信设备之间的通信,例如向第一网络设备发送第一消息,或接收第一网络设备发送的用于响应切换请求的第二消息。该通信装置还可以包括存储模块,存储模块与处理模块耦合,其保存有通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。作为一种示例,处理模块可以为处理器,通信模块可以为收发器,存储模块可以为存储器,存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以和处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。In a possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform the corresponding function in the second aspect or any one of the second aspects above. . The transceiver module is used to support communication between the communication device and other communication devices, for example, sending a first message to a first network device, or receiving a second message sent by the first network device in response to a handover request. The communication device may also include a storage module, which is coupled with the processing module, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device. As an example, the processing module may be a processor, the communication module may be a transceiver, and the storage module may be a memory. The memory may be integrated with the processor or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置的结构中包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序指令,以使通信装置执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。当通信装置为第二网络设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器或输入/输出接口;当该通信装置为第二网络设备中包含的芯片时,该通信接口可以是芯片的输入/输出接口。可选地,收发器可以为收发电路,输入/输出接口可以是输入/输出电路。In another possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a memory. The processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute computer program instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the above second aspect. Or any of the possible design methods of the second aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface. When the communication device is a second network device, the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface; when the communication device is a chip included in the second network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip. Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, and the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片系统,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该芯片系统实现上述第一方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法、或实现上述第二方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor , So that the chip system implements any possible design method of the foregoing first aspect, or implements any possible design method of the foregoing second aspect.
可选地,该芯片系统中的处理器可以为一个或多个。该处理器可以通过硬件实现也可以通过软件实现。当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等。当通过软 件实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现。Optionally, there may be one or more processors in the chip system. The processor can be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like. When implemented by software, the processor can be a general-purpose processor, implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory.
可选地,该芯片系统中的存储器也可以为一个或多个。该存储器可以与处理器集成在一起,也可以和处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。示例性的,存储器可以是非瞬时性处理器,例如只读存储器ROM,其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请对存储器的类型,以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不作具体限定。Optionally, there may be one or more memories in the chip system. The memory may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. Exemplarily, the memory may be a non-transitory processor, such as a read-only memory ROM, which may be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or may be set on different chips. The setting method of the processor is not specifically limited.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可读指令,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机可读指令时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法、或实现上述第二方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores computer-readable instructions. When the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer is caused to execute the first The method in any possible design of the aspect, or the method in any possible design of the above-mentioned second aspect.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序产品时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法、或执行上述第二方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a sixth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product. When the computer reads and executes the computer program product, the computer executes any of the possible design methods in the first aspect, or executes the first Any of the two possible design methods.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供另一种资源配置方法,该方法适用于终端设备。该方法包括:终端设备获取满足触发连接的条件,该条件包括如下的一项或多项:系统广播消息中未包括业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池、使用为业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池中的传输资源传输数据时,信道状态信息差于或差于等于第一阈值,或者信道拥塞程度大于或大于等于第二阈值、为当前业务感兴趣频点配置的传输资源池不满足新业务的服务质量QoS要求、业务传输模式发生变化;终端设备向网络设备发送第三消息,该第三消息用于无线资源控制RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复。In the seventh aspect, embodiments of the present application provide another resource configuration method, which is applicable to terminal devices. The method includes: a terminal device obtains a condition for triggering a connection, and the condition includes one or more of the following: the system broadcast message does not include the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest in the business, and the use is corresponding to the frequency of interest in the business. When the transmission resource in the transmission resource pool transmits data, the channel state information is worse than or worse than the first threshold, or the channel congestion is greater than or greater than or equal to the second threshold, and the transmission resource pool configured for the frequency of interest of the current service does not meet The QoS requirements of the new service and the service transmission mode change; the terminal device sends a third message to the network device, and the third message is used for radio resource control RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery.
采用本申请实施例提供的技术方案,触发连接的条件考虑到现有的业务传输的信道质量、新业务的QoS要求、业务传输模式等多种因素而设置,可以更好地保障侧行链路上的业务传输QoS需求,避免连接建立条件过于单一,而导致终端设备无法进入RRC连接态的情况发生。Using the technical solution provided by the embodiments of this application, the conditions for triggering the connection are set in consideration of various factors such as the channel quality of the existing service transmission, the QoS requirements of the new service, the service transmission mode, etc., which can better guarantee the side link The QoS requirements for service transmission on the above avoid the situation that the connection establishment conditions are too single, and the terminal equipment cannot enter the RRC connection state.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第一种可能的设计中,为当前业务感兴趣频点配置的传输资源池不满足新业务的QoS要求,包括:新业务要求的传输时延小于或小于等于第三阈值;或者,新业务要求的可靠性大于或大于等于第四阈值;或者,新业务要求的传输速率大于或大于等于第五阈值;或者,新业务要求的通信距离大于第六阈值;或者,新业务对应的一个或多个QoS参数超过第七阈值范围或不在配置列表的范围内;业务传输模式发生变化,包括:业务的传输周期、业务传输的数据量信息、业务传输的时间信息、业务传输的频率信息中的一种或多种发生变化。可以看出,当触发连接的条件涉及到判断业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池能否满足新业务的QoS要求,以及判断业务传输模式是否发生变化时,判断方式多且灵活性好。In combination with the seventh aspect, in the first possible design of the seventh aspect, the transmission resource pool configured for the frequency points of interest for the current service does not meet the QoS requirements of the new service, including: the transmission delay required by the new service is less than or less than Equal to the third threshold; or, the reliability required by the new service is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the transmission rate required by the new service is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold; or, the communication distance required by the new service is greater than the sixth threshold; Or, one or more QoS parameters corresponding to the new service exceed the seventh threshold or are not in the configuration list; the service transmission mode changes, including: service transmission period, service transmission data volume information, and service transmission time information , One or more of the frequency information of service transmission changes. It can be seen that when the conditions for triggering the connection involve judging whether the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest for the service can meet the QoS requirements of the new service, and judging whether the service transmission mode has changed, there are many judgment methods and good flexibility.
结合第七方面或结合第七方面的第一种可能的设计,在第七方面的第二种可能的设计中,针对包括第一阈值至第七阈值及配置列表在内的任一个或多个参数,该方法还包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的RRC消息,该RRC消息包括该任一个或多个参数;或者,终端设备接收网络设备发送的系统广播消息,该系统广播消息包括该任一个或多个参数;或者,终端设备获取预先配置在终端设备的该任一个或多个参数。In combination with the seventh aspect or the first possible design in combination with the seventh aspect, in the second possible design of the seventh aspect, for any one or more including the first threshold to the seventh threshold and the configuration list Parameters, the method further includes: the terminal device receives an RRC message sent by the network device, the RRC message includes any one or more parameters; or, the terminal device receives a system broadcast message sent by the network device, and the system broadcast message includes any one Or multiple parameters; or, the terminal device obtains any one or more parameters pre-configured on the terminal device.
采用本申请实施例提供的技术方案,可通过多种可能的实现方式对连接触发的条件中涉及到的任一个或多个参数进行配置,避免参数配置方式单一,而影响终端设备发起RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复,有效提高资源配置方法的适用性。当某一配置方式不可用时,网络设备还可选择其他方式对条件中的参数进行配置,同时也便于网络设备根据环境变化 时,对触发连接的条件进行及时更新。Using the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application, any one or more parameters involved in the connection triggering condition can be configured through multiple possible implementations, avoiding a single parameter configuration method that affects the terminal device to initiate RRC connection establishment Or the RRC connection is restored, which effectively improves the applicability of the resource allocation method. When a certain configuration method is unavailable, the network device can also choose other methods to configure the parameters in the conditions, and it is also convenient for the network device to update the conditions that trigger the connection in time according to environmental changes.
结合第七方面的第二种可能的设计,在第七方面的第三种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:终端设备根据接收到的RRC消息,确定该任一个或多个参数的取值;终端设备若未接收到RRC消息,则根据接收到的系统广播消息确定该任一个或多个参数的取值;终端设备若未接收到RRC消息,且未接收到系统广播消息,则获取预先配置的任一个或多个该参数。With reference to the second possible design of the seventh aspect, in the third possible design of the seventh aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device determines the value of any one or more parameters according to the received RRC message ; If the terminal device does not receive the RRC message, it determines the value of any one or more parameters according to the received system broadcast message; if the terminal device does not receive the RRC message, and the system broadcast message is not received, it will obtain the advance Any one or more of the parameters configured.
采用本申请实施例提供的技术方案,由于终端设备可能会接收到用于配置该任一个或多个参数的RRC消息和系统广播消息中的一个、两个,甚至0个,为参数配置的各种实现方式设置优先级,可确保连接触发条件设置的规则有序。With the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application, since the terminal device may receive one, two, or even zero of the RRC message and system broadcast message used to configure any one or more parameters, each of the parameter configurations is This method of setting priority can ensure the orderly setting of the connection trigger condition rules.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供另一种资源配置方法,该方法适用于终端设备。该方法包括:终端设备进入无线资源控制RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态,或者离开网络设备覆盖范围;终端设备保留在源小区中配置的第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池,第三传输资源和第三传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输,第三传输资源是在源小区中为终端设备调度的传输资源,第三传输资源池是在源小区中配置的传输资源池。In an eighth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide another resource configuration method, which is applicable to terminal devices. The method includes: the terminal device enters the radio resource control RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, or leaves the coverage of the network device; the terminal device retains the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, and third The transmission resource and the third transmission resource pool are respectively used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device. The third transmission resource is the transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the source cell, and the third transmission resource pool is the transmission configured in the source cell. Resource pool.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态时,可保留第二网络设备原先配置的传输资源和/或传输资源池,从而能够更好地支持业务连续性,满足侧行链路上数据传输的QoS要求,避免终端设备在进行RRC状态转换时直接释放第二网络设备配置的资源,而影响侧行链路上的数据传输。由于终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围后,无法侦听到网络设备发送的系统广播消息,终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围时,保留原先在网络设备覆盖范围内由第二网络设备配置的传输资源和/或传输资源池,可有效支持终端设备在侧行链路上的业务连续性。Using the technical solution in the embodiments of the present application, when the terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, the transmission resources and/or transmission resource pool originally configured by the second network device can be reserved, so as to better support business continuity , To meet the QoS requirements for data transmission on the side link, and avoid the terminal device from directly releasing the resources configured by the second network device during the RRC state transition, which affects the data transmission on the side link. Since the terminal device cannot listen to the system broadcast message sent by the network device after it leaves the coverage area of the network device, when the terminal device leaves the coverage area of the network device, it retains the transmission resources and/or originally configured by the second network device within the coverage area of the network device. Or the transmission resource pool can effectively support the business continuity of the terminal equipment on the side link.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的第一种可能的设计中,终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围的情形下,例如在终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围之后,该方法还包括:经过第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池分别对应的有效时长,终端设备释放第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池。With reference to the eighth aspect, in the first possible design of the eighth aspect, when the terminal device leaves the coverage area of the network device, for example, after the terminal device leaves the coverage area of the network device, the method further includes: passing through the third transmission resource And/or the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource pool respectively, the terminal device releases the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,为终端设备在离开网络设备覆盖范围后保留的第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池分别设置对应的有效时长,可有效提高系统的资源利用率。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, corresponding effective durations are respectively set for the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool reserved by the terminal device after leaving the coverage of the network device, which can effectively improve the resource utilization of the system.
结合第八方面的第一种可能的设计,在第八方面的第二种可能的设计中,终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围的情形下,例如在终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围之前,该方法还包括:终端设备接收第一网络设备发送的RRC消息,该RRC消息包括上述有效时长;或者,终端设备接收第一网络设备发送的系统广播消息,该系统广播消息包括上述有效时长;或者,终端设备获取预先配置在终端设备的有效时长。In combination with the first possible design of the eighth aspect, in the second possible design of the eighth aspect, when the terminal device leaves the coverage area of the network device, for example, before the terminal device leaves the coverage area of the network device, the method still Including: the terminal device receives the RRC message sent by the first network device, the RRC message includes the above effective duration; or, the terminal device receives the system broadcast message sent by the first network device, the system broadcast message includes the above effective duration; or, the terminal device Get the valid duration pre-configured on the terminal device.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,终端设备可通过多种可能的实现方式来获取网络设备为第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池分配设置的有效时长,从而避免可有效时长的设置方式过于单一,终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围后迟迟不释放保留的传输资源和/或传输资源池的问题,有效提高系统的资源利用率。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device can obtain the effective duration set by the network device for the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool through multiple possible implementations, thereby avoiding the setting of the effective duration The method is too single, and the terminal device does not release the reserved transmission resource and/or the transmission resource pool after leaving the coverage of the network device, which effectively improves the resource utilization rate of the system.
结合第八方面的第二种可能的设计,在第八方面的第三种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:终端设备根据接收到的RRC消息确定有效时长;终端设备若未接收到RRC消息,则根据接收到的系统广播消息确定有效时长;终端设备若未接收到RRC消息,且未接收到系统广播消息,则获取预先配置的有效时长。In combination with the second possible design of the eighth aspect, in the third possible design of the eighth aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device determines the effective duration according to the received RRC message; if the terminal device does not receive the RRC message , The effective duration is determined according to the received system broadcast message; if the terminal device does not receive the RRC message, and the system broadcast message is not received, the pre-configured effective duration is obtained.
这样,由于终端设备可能会接收到用于配置有效时长的RRC消息和系统广播消息中的一个、两个,甚至0个,为有效时长配置的各种实现方式设置优先级,可确保能够成功设置第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的有效时长,以使终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围后,经过对应的有效时长可释放这部分资源,从而提高系统的资源利用率。In this way, since the terminal device may receive one, two, or even zero of the RRC message and the system broadcast message used to configure the effective duration, setting the priority for various implementations of the effective duration configuration can ensure successful setting The effective duration of the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool is such that after the terminal device leaves the coverage of the network device, these resources can be released after the corresponding effective duration, thereby improving the resource utilization of the system.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的第四种可能的设计中,在终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的情形下,例如终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态之后,该方法还包括:终端设备向第一网络设备发送第四消息,该第四消息用于RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复,该第四消息包括用于指示第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的信息;终端设备接收第一网络设备发送的第五消息,该第五消息包括用于指示终端设备接入到目标小区后是否继续使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的信息。With reference to the eighth aspect, in the fourth possible design of the eighth aspect, when the terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, for example, after the terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, the method It also includes: the terminal device sends a fourth message to the first network device, the fourth message is used for RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery, and the fourth message includes information for indicating the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool. Information; the terminal device receives a fifth message sent by the first network device, the fifth message including information used to indicate whether the terminal device continues to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after accessing the target cell.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,终端设备可携带当前保留的传输资源和/或传输资源池,向第一网络设备发送用于RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复的第四消息,以便第一网络设备决策是否继续使用当前保留的传输资源和/或传输资源池,从而有效确保终端设备的业务连续性。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device can carry the currently reserved transmission resources and/or the transmission resource pool, and send the fourth message for RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery to the first network device, so that the first network The device decides whether to continue to use the currently reserved transmission resources and/or transmission resource pool, thereby effectively ensuring the business continuity of the terminal device.
结合第八方面的第四种可能的设计,在第八方面的第五种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备决定终端设备接入到目标小区后使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的情况下,该第五消息包括第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示终端设备接入到目标小区后使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池。In combination with the fourth possible design of the eighth aspect, in the fifth possible design of the eighth aspect, the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission are used after the first network device determines that the terminal device accesses the target cell In the case of a resource pool, the fifth message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after accessing the target cell.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,第一网络设备可通过发送第五消息,指示允许终端设备在切换到目标小区后使用在源小区配置的第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池,从而使得终端设备在小区切换前后能够使用相同的传输资源或传输资源池来传输数据,避免不同小区中配置的资源不同对组通信的业务连续性造成影响。Using the technical solution in the embodiment of the present application, the first network device can send a fifth message to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool configured in the source cell after handing over to the target cell. Therefore, the terminal device can use the same transmission resource or transmission resource pool to transmit data before and after the cell handover, and avoid the impact of different resources configured in different cells on the service continuity of group communication.
结合第八方面的第四种可能的设计,在第八方面的第六种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备决定终端设备接入到目标小区后不使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的情况下,该第五消息包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示在目标小区中重新配置的第四传输资源和/或第四传输资源池,该第四传输资源和该第四传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输,第四传输资源是在目标小区中为终端设备调度的传输资源,第四传输资源池是在目标小区中配置的传输资源池。In combination with the fourth possible design of the eighth aspect, in the sixth possible design of the eighth aspect, after the first network device decides that the terminal device accesses the target cell, the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource are not used. In the case of a transmission resource pool, the fifth message includes fourth indication information, which is used to indicate the fourth transmission resource and/or the fourth transmission resource pool reconfigured in the target cell, and the fourth transmission resource And the fourth transmission resource pool are respectively used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device, the fourth transmission resource is the transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the target cell, and the fourth transmission resource pool is the transmission resource configured in the target cell Pool.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,第一网络设备可通过发送第五消息,指示为终端设备重新配置的在切换到目标小区后可使用的第二传输资源和/或第二传输资源池,从而可确保终端设备在进行小区切换时的业务连续性。Using the technical solution in the embodiment of the present application, the first network device can send a fifth message to indicate the second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool that can be used after handover to the target cell reconfigured for the terminal device, This can ensure the service continuity of the terminal equipment during cell handover.
结合第八方面的第四种至第六种可能的设计,在第八方面的第七种可能的设计中,在终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的情形下,例如在终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态之前,该方法还包括:终端设备接收第二网络设备发送的第六消息,该第六消息用于RRC连接暂停或RRC连接释放,该第六消息包括用于指示第一区域的信息,该第一区域为在发生小区重选时允许终端设备继续使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的区域,该第一区域包括至少一个小区。In combination with the fourth to sixth possible designs of the eighth aspect, in the seventh possible design of the eighth aspect, when the terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, for example, the terminal device enters Before the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, the method further includes: the terminal device receives a sixth message sent by the second network device, the sixth message is used for RRC connection suspension or RRC connection release, and the sixth message includes instructions for indicating Information about the first area, where the first area is an area that allows the terminal device to continue to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool when cell reselection occurs, and the first area includes at least one cell.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,通过为终端设备设置第一区域,可有效支持终端设备在RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态下的移动性。这样,终端设备在第一小区内移动,发生小区重选时可继续使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池,无需网络设备重新进行资源配 置。By adopting the technical solution in the embodiment of the present application, by setting the first area for the terminal device, the mobility of the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can be effectively supported. In this way, the terminal device moves in the first cell and can continue to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool when a cell reselection occurs, without the need for the network device to reconfigure resources.
结合第八方面的第七种可能的设计,在第八方面的第八种可能的设计中,终端设备发送第四消息之前,该方法还包括:终端设备离开第一区域,该终端设备在发送第四消息之前处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态。With reference to the seventh possible design of the eighth aspect, in the eighth possible design of the eighth aspect, before the terminal device sends the fourth message, the method further includes: the terminal device leaves the first area, and the terminal device is sending The fourth message was in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state before.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,若网络设备在用于RRC连接暂停或RRC连接释放的第六消息中指示第一区域的情况下,终端设备可在离开第一区域时,发送用于RRC连接建立的第四消息,请求网络设备进行资源配置。网络设备可以允许终端设备继续使用保留的传输资源或传输资源池,也可以为终端设备重新配置可用的传输资源或传输资源池。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, if the network device indicates the first area in the sixth message for RRC connection suspension or RRC connection release, the terminal device can send a message for RRC when leaving the first area The fourth message of connection establishment requests the network device to perform resource configuration. The network device can allow the terminal device to continue to use the reserved transmission resource or transmission resource pool, and can also reconfigure the available transmission resource or transmission resource pool for the terminal device.
结合第八方面的第七种可能的设计,在第八方面的第九种可能的设计中,终端设备发第四消息之前,该方法还包括:终端设备获取满足触发连接的条件,该终端设备在发送第四消息之前处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态。With reference to the seventh possible design of the eighth aspect, in the ninth possible design of the eighth aspect, before the terminal device sends the fourth message, the method further includes: the terminal device obtains that the condition for triggering the connection is satisfied, and the terminal device It is in the RRC idle state or RRC inactive state before sending the fourth message.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,终端设备可获取满足的触发连接的条件时,发送用于RRC连接建立的第四消息,以进入RRC连接态,请求网络设备进行显式地资源配置,从而更好地支持终端设备的业务连续性、提高侧链传输效率。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, when the terminal device can obtain the met conditions for triggering the connection, it sends a fourth message for RRC connection establishment to enter the RRC connection state and request the network device to perform explicit resource configuration, thereby Better support the business continuity of terminal equipment and improve side chain transmission efficiency.
结合第八方面的第九种可能的设计,在第八方面的第十种可能的设计中,满足的触发连接的条件可包括如下的一项或多项:使用第三传输资源池中的传输资源传输数据时,信道状态信息差于或差于等于第一阈值,或者信道拥塞程度大于或大于等于第二阈值;第三传输资源池不满足新业务的服务质量QoS要求;业务传输模式发生变化。In combination with the ninth possible design of the eighth aspect, in the tenth possible design of the eighth aspect, the conditions for triggering the connection may include one or more of the following: use the transmission in the third transmission resource pool When the resource transmits data, the channel state information is worse than or worse than the first threshold, or the channel congestion is greater than or greater than the second threshold; the third transmission resource pool does not meet the QoS requirements of the new service; the service transmission mode changes .
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,触发连接的条件可考虑现有业务传输的信道质量、新业务的QoS要求、业务传输模式等多种因素,因此,可以更好地保障侧链上的业务传输QoS需求,避免连接建立条件过于单一,而导致终端设备无法进入RRC连接态的情况发生。Using the technical solutions in the embodiments of this application, the conditions for triggering the connection can consider various factors such as the channel quality of the existing service transmission, the QoS requirements of the new service, and the service transmission mode. Therefore, the service on the side chain can be better guaranteed Transmit the QoS requirements to avoid the situation that the connection establishment conditions are too single, and the terminal equipment cannot enter the RRC connection state.
结合第八方面的第十种可能的设计,在第八方面的第十一种可能的设计中,第三传输资源池不满足新业务的QoS要求,包括:新业务要求的传输时延小于或小于等于第三阈值;或者,新业务要求的可靠性大于或大于等于第四阈值;或者,新业务要求的传输速率大于或大于等于第五阈值;或者,新业务要求的通信距离大于第六阈值;或者,新业务对应的一个或多个QoS参数超过第七阈值范围或不在配置列表的范围内;业务传输模式发生变化,包括:业务的传输周期、业务传输的数据量信息、业务传输的时间信息、业务传输的频率信息中的一种或多种发生变化。可以看出,当触发连接的条件涉及到判断业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池能否满足新业务的QoS要求,以及判断业务传输模式是否发生变化时,判断方式多且灵活性好。In combination with the tenth possible design of the eighth aspect, in the eleventh possible design of the eighth aspect, the third transmission resource pool does not meet the QoS requirements of the new service, including: the transmission delay required by the new service is less than or Less than or equal to the third threshold; or, the reliability required by the new service is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the transmission rate required by the new service is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold; or, the communication distance required by the new service is greater than the sixth threshold ; Or, one or more QoS parameters corresponding to the new service exceed the seventh threshold or are not in the configuration list; service transmission mode changes, including: service transmission period, service transmission data volume information, service transmission time One or more of the frequency information of information and service transmission changes. It can be seen that when the conditions for triggering the connection involve judging whether the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest for the service can meet the QoS requirements of the new service, and judging whether the service transmission mode has changed, there are many judgment methods and good flexibility.
结合第八方面的第十种或第十一种可能的设计,在第八方面的第十二种可能的设计中,针对包括第一阈值至所述第七阈值及配置列表在内的任一个或多个参数,该方法还包括:终端设备接收第一网络设备发送的RRC消息,该RRC消息包括该任一个或多个参数;或者,终端设备接收第一网络设备发送的系统广播消息,该系统广播消息包括该任一个或多个参数;或者,终端设备获取预先配置在终端设备的该任一个或多个参数。可选的,终端设备可在获取满足触发连接的之前,接收上述RRC消息或系统广播消息或获取预先配置。In combination with the tenth or eleventh possible design of the eighth aspect, in the twelfth possible design of the eighth aspect, for any one including the first threshold to the seventh threshold and the configuration list Or multiple parameters, the method further includes: the terminal device receives an RRC message sent by the first network device, where the RRC message includes any one or more parameters; or, the terminal device receives a system broadcast message sent by the first network device, the The system broadcast message includes the any one or more parameters; or, the terminal device obtains the any one or more parameters pre-configured on the terminal device. Optionally, the terminal device may receive the foregoing RRC message or system broadcast message or obtain the pre-configuration before obtaining the trigger connection.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,连接触发条件中涉及到的任一参数均可通过多种方式来设置,从而可使得连接触发条件更加灵活,更适应终端设备进入RRC连接态的需求。With the technical solution in the embodiment of the present application, any parameter involved in the connection trigger condition can be set in multiple ways, so that the connection trigger condition can be made more flexible and more suitable for the requirement of the terminal device to enter the RRC connection state.
结合第八方面的第十二种可能的设计,在第八方面的第十三种可能的设计中,该方法 还包括:终端设备根据接收到的RRC消息确定该任一个或多个参数的取值;终端设备若未接收到RRC消息,则根据接收到的系统广播消息确定该任一个或多个参数的取值;终端设备若未接收到RRC消息,且未接收到系统广播消息,则获取预先配置的该任一个或多个参数。With reference to the twelfth possible design of the eighth aspect, in the thirteenth possible design of the eighth aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device determines the selection of any one or more parameters according to the received RRC message Value; if the terminal device does not receive the RRC message, it determines the value of any one or more parameters according to the received system broadcast message; if the terminal device does not receive the RRC message, and the system broadcast message is not received, then obtain Any one or more parameters configured in advance.
采用本申请实施例提供的技术方案,可通过多种可能的实现方式对连接触发的条件中涉及到的任一个或多个参数进行配置,避免参数配置方式单一,而影响终端设备发起RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复,有效提高资源配置方法的适用性。当某一配置方式不可用时,网络设备还可选择其他方式对条件中的参数进行配置,同时也便于网络设备根据环境变化时,对触发连接的条件进行及时更新。Using the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application, any one or more parameters involved in the connection triggering condition can be configured through multiple possible implementations, avoiding a single parameter configuration method that affects the terminal device to initiate RRC connection establishment Or the RRC connection is restored, which effectively improves the applicability of the resource allocation method. When a certain configuration method is not available, the network device can also choose other methods to configure the parameters in the condition, and it is also convenient for the network device to update the conditions that trigger the connection in time according to environmental changes.
结合第八方面的任一种可能的设计,在第八方面的第十四种可能的设计中,第三传输资源、第四传输资源为配置时需要下行控制信息DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源,或者配置时不需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源;第三传输资源池、第四传输资源池包括发送资源池和接收资源池。In combination with any possible design of the eighth aspect, in the fourteenth possible design of the eighth aspect, the third transmission resource and the fourth transmission resource are transmissions that require downlink control information DCI to indicate activation or deactivation when configured. Resources, or sending resources that do not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration; the third transmission resource pool and the fourth transmission resource pool include a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool.
采用本申请实施例中的技术方案,第一传输资源和第二传输资源可以为网络设备配置的configured grant,例如可以是不需要DCI指示激活或去激活的configured grant type1,也可以是需要DCI指示激活或去激活的configured grant type2;第一传输资源池和第二传输资源池可以为网络设备配置的resource pool,包括发送和接收资源池两部分。Using the technical solution in the embodiments of this application, the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource can be configured grant configured by the network device, for example, can be configured grant type1 that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation, or it can be DCI indication required Configured grant type 2 for activation or deactivation; the first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool can be resource pools configured for network devices, including sending and receiving resource pools.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供另一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第七方面或第七方面的任一种可能的设计中终端设备的功能、或具有实现上述第八方面或第八方面的任一种可能的设计中终端设备的功能。该通信装置可以为终端设备,例如车载终端设备或车载通信装置,也可以为终端设备中包含的装置,例如芯片,也可以为包含所述终端设备的装置,例如各种类型的车辆。上述终端设备的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides another communication device, which has the function of a terminal device in any possible design of the seventh aspect or the seventh aspect, or has the function of implementing the eighth or the first aspect. The function of the terminal device in any one of the eight possible designs. The communication device may be a terminal device, such as a vehicle-mounted terminal device or a vehicle-mounted communication device, a device contained in the terminal device, such as a chip, or a device containing the terminal device, such as various types of vehicles. The functions of the above-mentioned terminal device may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置的结构中包括处理模块和收发模块,其中,处理模块被配置为支持该通信装置执行上述第七方面或第七方面的任一种设计中相应的功能、或执行上述第八方面或第八方面的任一种设计中相应的功能。收发模块用于支持该通信装置与其他通信设备之间的通信,例如向网络设备发送用于RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复的第三消息。该通信装置还可以包括存储模块,存储模块与处理模块耦合,其保存有通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。作为一种示例,处理模块可以为处理器,通信模块可以为收发器,存储模块可以为存储器,存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以和处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。In a possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform the corresponding function in the seventh aspect or any one of the seventh aspects. , Or perform the corresponding function in the eighth aspect or any one of the eighth aspects mentioned above. The transceiver module is used to support communication between the communication device and other communication devices, for example, sending a third message for RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery to the network device. The communication device may also include a storage module, which is coupled with the processing module, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device. As an example, the processing module may be a processor, the communication module may be a transceiver, and the storage module may be a memory. The memory may be integrated with the processor or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置的结构中包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序指令,以使通信装置执行上述第七方面或第七方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法,或者执行上述第八方面或第八方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。当通信装置为终端设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器或输入/输出接口;当该通信装置为中短短设备中包含的芯片时,该通信接口可以是芯片的输入/输出接口。可选地,收发器可以为收发电路,输入/输出接口可以是输入/输出电路。In another possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory. The processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute computer program instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the seventh aspect. Or any one of the possible design methods of the seventh aspect, or implement any one of the above-mentioned eighth aspect or the eighth aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface. When the communication device is a terminal device, the communication interface can be a transceiver or an input/output interface; when the communication device is a chip included in a short-to-medium-short device, the communication interface can be an input/output interface of the chip. Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, and the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片系统,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该芯 片系统实现上述第七方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法、或实现上述第八方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, including: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or an instruction is executed by the processor , Enabling the chip system to implement any one of the possible design methods of the foregoing seventh aspect, or implement any one of the foregoing eighth aspect methods in a possible design.
可选地,该芯片系统中的处理器可以为一个或多个。该处理器可以通过硬件实现也可以通过软件实现。当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等。当通过软件实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现。Optionally, there may be one or more processors in the chip system. The processor can be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like. When implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory.
可选地,该芯片系统中的存储器也可以为一个或多个。该存储器可以与处理器集成在一起,也可以和处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。示例性的,存储器可以是非瞬时性处理器,例如只读存储器ROM,其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请对存储器的类型,以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不作具体限定。Optionally, there may be one or more memories in the chip system. The memory may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. Exemplarily, the memory may be a non-transitory processor, such as a read-only memory ROM, which may be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or may be set on different chips. The setting method of the processor is not specifically limited.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可读指令,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机可读指令时,使得计算机执行上述第七方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法、或执行上述第八方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer-readable instructions. When the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer executes the above-mentioned first Any one of the possible design methods of the seven aspects, or any one of the possible design methods of the eighth aspect described above.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序产品时,使得计算机执行上述第七方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法、或执行上述第八方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In the twelfth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product. When the computer reads and executes the computer program product, the computer executes any of the possible design methods in the seventh aspect, or executes the foregoing Any possible design method of the eighth aspect.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述各方面中所述的终端设备、第一网络设备、第二网络设备中的一个或多个。In a thirteenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, which includes one or more of the terminal device, the first network device, and the second network device described in the foregoing aspects.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为V2X技术的应用场景示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the application scenario of V2X technology;
图2为本申请实施例适用的一种通信系统的网络架构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system to which an embodiment of this application is applicable;
图3为本申请实施例提供的RRC连接状态之间的转换关系示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a conversion relationship between RRC connection states provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种资源配置方法的流程示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源配置方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图6a为本申请实施例提供的一种触发连接的条件的应用示意图;FIG. 6a is a schematic diagram of the application of a condition for triggering a connection provided by an embodiment of this application;
图6b为本申请实施例提供的另一种触发连接条件的应用示意图;FIG. 6b is a schematic diagram of another application for triggering connection conditions provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种资源配置方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种资源配置方法的扩展流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an extension process of another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的另一结构示意图;FIG. 10 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的另一结构示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another structure of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access, CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WIMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR),或者应用于未来的通信系统或其它类似的通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WIMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5G) The system or new radio (NR), or applied to future communication systems or other similar communication systems, etc.
另外,本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于蜂窝链路,也可以应用于设备间的链路,例如设备到设备(device to device,D2D)链路。D2D链路或V2X链路,也可以称为侧行链路(sidelink,SL)、侧链路、边链路或辅链路等。在本申请实施例中,上述的术语都是指相同类型的设备之间建立的链路,其含义相同。所谓相同类型的设备,可以是终端设备到终端设备之间的链路,也可以是基站到基站之间的链路,还可以是中继节点到中继节点之间的链路等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。对于终端设备和终端设备之间的链路,有3GPP的版本(Rel)-12/13定义的D2D链路,也有3GPP为车联网定义的车到车、车到手机、或车到任何实体的V2X链路,包括Rel-14/15。还包括目前3GPP正在研究的Rel-16及后续版本的基于NR系统的V2X链路等。In addition, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to cellular links, and can also be applied to links between devices, such as device-to-device (D2D) links. The D2D link or V2X link may also be referred to as a side link (SL), side link, side link, or auxiliary link. In the embodiments of the present application, the aforementioned terms all refer to links established between devices of the same type, and have the same meaning. The so-called devices of the same type can be the link between the terminal device and the terminal device, the link between the base station and the base station, and the link between the relay node and the relay node. This application The embodiment does not limit this. For the link between the terminal device and the terminal device, there are D2D links defined by 3GPP version (Rel)-12/13, and there are also car-to-car, car-to-mobile, or car-to-any entity defined by 3GPP for the Internet of Vehicles V2X link, including Rel-14/15. It also includes the V2X link based on the NR system of Rel-16 and subsequent versions that are currently being studied by 3GPP.
请参阅图2,为本申请实施例适用的一种通信系统的网络架构,该通信系统包括网络设备210、终端设备220、终端设备230。进一步地,该通信系统中还包括应用服务器240。Please refer to FIG. 2, which is a network architecture of a communication system to which this embodiment of the application is applicable. The communication system includes a network device 210, a terminal device 220, and a terminal device 230. Further, the communication system also includes an application server 240.
上述网络架构中包含两种通信接口:PC5接口和Uu接口。其中,PC5接口是指终端设备与终端设备之间的直连通信接口,终端设备与终端设备之间的直连通信链路即为侧行链路,用于终端设备与终端设备之间的通信。基于侧行链路的通信可以使用如下信道中的至少一个:物理边链共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel,PSSCH),用于承载数据(data);物理边链控制信道(physical sidelink control channel,PSCCH),用于承载边链控制信息(sidelink control information,SCI),所述SCI也称为调度分配(scheduling assigment,SA)。The above-mentioned network architecture includes two communication interfaces: PC5 interface and Uu interface. Among them, the PC5 interface refers to the direct communication interface between the terminal device and the terminal device, and the direct communication link between the terminal device and the terminal device is the side link, which is used for the communication between the terminal device and the terminal device. . Communication based on sidelinks can use at least one of the following channels: physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH), used to carry data; physical sidelink control channel (PSCCH) ), used to carry sidelink control information (SCI), and the SCI is also called scheduling assistance (SA).
Uu接口是终端设备与网络设备之间的通信接口,终端设备与网络设备之间的通信链路包括上行链路(uplink,UL)和下行链路(downlink,DL)。基于Uu接口的通信可以为,发送方终端设备将数据通过Uu接口发送至网络设备,通过网络设备发送至应用服务器进行处理后,再由应用服务器将处理后的数据下发至网络设备,并通过网络设备发送给接收方终端设备。需要说明的是,在基于Uu接口的通信方式下,转发发送方终端设备至应用服务器的上行数据的网络设备和转发应用服务器下发至接收方终端设备的下行数据的网络设备可以是同一个网络设备,也可以是不同的网络设备,具体可以由应用服务器决定。The Uu interface is a communication interface between a terminal device and a network device, and the communication link between the terminal device and the network device includes an uplink (uplink, UL) and a downlink (downlink, DL). Communication based on the Uu interface can be that the sender terminal device sends data to the network device through the Uu interface, and after the network device sends the data to the application server for processing, then the application server sends the processed data to the network device and passes The network device sends it to the receiving terminal device. It should be noted that in the communication mode based on the Uu interface, the network device that forwards the uplink data from the sender's terminal device to the application server and the network device that forwards the downlink data issued by the application server to the recipient's terminal device may be the same network The device can also be a different network device, which can be determined by the application server.
图2中的网络设备可以为接入网设备,例如基站。其中,接入网设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备,例如在第四代移动通信技术(the 4 th generation,4G)系统中可以对应eNB,在5G系统中对应5G中的接入网设备,例如gNB。尽管只在图2中示出了终端设备220和终端设备230,应理解,网络设备可以为多个终端设备提供服务,本申请实施例对通信系统中终端设备的数量不作限定。同理,图2中的终端设备是以车载终端设备或车辆为例进行说明的,也应理解,本申请实施例中的终端设备不限于此。 The network device in FIG. 2 may be an access network device, such as a base station. Wherein the access network device in different systems corresponding to different devices, for example, in the fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4 th generation, 4G) system, the eNB may correspond, a corresponding access network device 5G 5G in the system, For example, gNB. Although only the terminal device 220 and the terminal device 230 are shown in FIG. 2, it should be understood that the network device may provide services for multiple terminal devices, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of terminal devices in the communication system. In the same way, the terminal device in FIG. 2 is described by taking a vehicle-mounted terminal device or a vehicle as an example, and it should be understood that the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some terms in the embodiments of the present application will be explained to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
1)终端设备,又可称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station, MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。所述终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。例如,终端设备可以是具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端设备的示例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。1) Terminal equipment, also referred to as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., is a way to provide users with voice and/or data connectivity Sexual equipment. The terminal device may communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. For example, the terminal device may be a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc. At present, some examples of terminal devices are: mobile phones (mobile phones), tablets, laptops, palmtop computers, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented Augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grid (smart grid) The wireless terminal in the transportation safety (transportation safety), the wireless terminal in the smart city (smart city), the wireless terminal in the smart home (smart home), etc.
2)网络设备,是网络中用于将终端设备接入到无线网络的设备。所述网络设备可以为无线接入网中的节点,又可以称为基站,还可以称为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备)。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。网络设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如,网络设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(5th generation,5G)新无线(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB),或者还可以包括传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或WiFi接入点(access point,AP)等,再或者还可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,CloudRAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),本申请实施例并不限定。再例如,一种V2X技术中的网络设备为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU),RSU可以是支持V2X应用的固定基础设施实体,可以与支持V2X应用的其它实体交换消息。2) Network equipment is the equipment used in the network to connect terminal equipment to the wireless network. The network device may be a node in a radio access network, may also be called a base station, or may also be called a radio access network (RAN) node (or device). The network device can be used to convert received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other, and act as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network may include an IP network. The network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It can also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the new radio (NR) system of the fifth generation mobile communication technology (5G), or it can also include the transmission reception point. , TRP), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), or WiFi access point (access point, AP), etc., or may also include cloud A centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU) in an access network (cloud radio access network, CloudRAN) system are not limited in this embodiment of the application. For another example, a network device in a V2X technology is a roadside unit (RSU). The RSU may be a fixed infrastructure entity that supports V2X applications, and can exchange messages with other entities that support V2X applications.
3)资源配置模式,也称资源分配模式。一个终端设备可以使用一种或两种资源配置模式。第一种资源配置模式为,终端设备每次在侧行链路上进行数据传输的资源是由网络设备进行调度分配的,例如,LTE V2X系统中定义的资源配置模式Mode 3和NR V2X系统中定义的资源配置模式Mode 1。这一传输模式下,不会发生临近的终端设备被分配相同资源的情况,可以保证更好的传输可靠性。3) Resource allocation mode, also called resource allocation mode. A terminal device can use one or two resource configuration modes. The first resource configuration mode is that the resources of the terminal device for data transmission on the side link each time are scheduled and allocated by the network device. For example, the resource configuration mode Mode 3 defined in the LTE V2X system and the NR V2X system The defined resource configuration mode Mode 1. In this transmission mode, it will not happen that adjacent terminal devices are allocated the same resources, which can ensure better transmission reliability.
第二种资源配置模式为,终端设备每次在侧行链路上进行数据传输的资源是终端设备从配置的资源池中动态选择的,例如,LTE V2X系统中定义的资源配置模式Mode 4和NR V2X系统中定义的资源配置模式Mode 2。资源池可以是网络设备通过系统广播消息或RRC消息配置的。终端设备发送数据时,可通过随机选择、基于侦听预留机制或基于部分侦听预留机制自主地从资源池中获取至少部分资源来发送数据。由于终端设备自主选择资源,可能会出现不同的终端设备选择相同资源发送数据的情况,有可能发生传输碰撞。The second resource configuration mode is that the resources for the terminal device to transmit data on the side link each time are dynamically selected by the terminal device from the configured resource pool, for example, the resource configuration modes Mode 4 and Mode 4 defined in the LTE V2X system NR The resource configuration mode defined in the V2X system, Mode 2. The resource pool can be configured by network equipment through system broadcast messages or RRC messages. When the terminal device sends data, it can autonomously acquire at least part of the resources from the resource pool through random selection, based on the listening reservation mechanism or based on the partial listening reservation mechanism to send the data. Since the terminal device independently selects resources, it may happen that different terminal devices select the same resource to send data, and transmission collision may occur.
4)RRC连接状态,终端设备可具有RRC连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)、RRC空闲态(RRC_IDLE)和RRC非激活态(RRC_INACTIVE)三种RRC连接状态。如图3所示,RRC连接态与RRC空闲态、RRC非激活态之间可以相互转换,但RRC空闲态与RRC非激活态之间只能由RRC非激活态转换为RRC空闲态。处于RRC连接态的终端设备可以 使用第一种资源配置模式或第二种资源配置模式,甚至可以同时使用这两种资源配置模式,具体使用哪种资源配置模式由网络设备决定。4) RRC connected state, the terminal device can have three RRC connected states: RRC connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), RRC idle state (RRC_IDLE) and RRC inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE). As shown in Figure 3, the RRC connected state and the RRC idle state and the RRC inactive state can be converted mutually, but the RRC idle state and the RRC inactive state can only be converted from the RRC inactive state to the RRC idle state. The terminal device in the RRC connected state can use the first resource configuration mode or the second resource configuration mode, or even both resource configuration modes at the same time. The specific resource configuration mode used is determined by the network device.
此外,根据终端设备是否位于网络设备覆盖范围内,还可分为覆盖范围内(in-coverage,IC)的终端设备和覆盖范围外(out-of-coverage,OOC)的终端设备。只有处于网络设备覆盖范围内的终端设备才有各种RRC连接状态,位于网络设备覆盖范围外的终端设备无法与网络设备直接交互。In addition, according to whether the terminal device is located within the coverage of the network device, it can be divided into in-coverage (IC) terminal devices and out-of-coverage (OOC) terminal devices. Only the terminal devices within the coverage of the network equipment have various RRC connection states, and the terminal devices located outside the coverage of the network equipment cannot directly interact with the network equipment.
5)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“多个”是指两个或两个以上,鉴于此,本申请实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“至少一个”,可理解为一个或多个,例如理解为一个、两个或更多个。例如,包括至少一个,是指包括一个、两个或更多个,而且不限制包括的是哪几个。例如,包括A、B和C中的至少一个,那么包括的可以是A、B、C,A和B,A和C,B和C,或A和B和C。同理,对于“至少一种”等描述的理解,也是类似的。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。5) The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application can be used interchangeably. "Multiple" refers to two or more. In view of this, "multiple" may also be understood as "at least two" in the embodiments of the present application. "At least one" can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more. For example, including at least one means including one, two or more, and it does not limit which ones are included. For example, if at least one of A, B, and C is included, then A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C are included. In the same way, the understanding of "at least one" and other descriptions is similar. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度,并且第一”、“第二”的描述也并不限定对象一定不同。Unless otherwise stated, the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects. And the descriptions of "first" and "second" do not limit the objects to be different.
请参阅图4,为本申请实施例提供的一种资源配置方法,该方法可应用于处于RRC连接态的终端设备进行小区切换的场景中。该方法包括如下的步骤S401至步骤S403:Refer to FIG. 4, which is a resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application. The method can be applied to a scenario where a terminal device in an RRC connected state performs cell handover. The method includes the following steps S401 to S403:
步骤S401、第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的第一消息,该第一消息用于切换请求,第一消息包括用于指示在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息。Step S401: The first network device receives a first message sent by the second network device, the first message is used for a handover request, and the first message includes the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission configured in the source cell. Information about the resource pool.
本申请实施例中,第一网络设备可以是目标网络设备,目标网络设备为终端设备在进行小区切换后接入的网络设备,目标小区为终端设备在进行小区切换后接入的小区,目标小区可以为目标网络设备下的小区。相应地,第二网络设备可以是源网络设备,源网络设备为终端设备在切换前接入的网络设备,源小区为终端设备在进行小区切换前接入的小区。第二网络设备发送的第一消息,也可以称为切换请求消息。In the embodiment of this application, the first network device may be the target network device, the target network device is the network device that the terminal device accesses after cell handover, and the target cell is the cell that the terminal device accesses after cell handover. The target cell It can be a cell under the target network device. Correspondingly, the second network device may be the source network device, the source network device is the network device that the terminal device accesses before the handover, and the source cell is the cell that the terminal device accesses before the cell handover. The first message sent by the second network device may also be referred to as a handover request message.
第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输,所述侧链数据传输是指该终端设备在侧行链路上与其它终端设备之间的数据传输。其中,第一传输资源是第二网络设备在源小区中为终端设备调度的传输资源,可以是终端设备专用的传输资源,对应第一种资源配置模式;第一传输资源池是第二网络设备在源小区中为终端设备配置的传输资源池,可在不存在网络调度资源的情况下使用,对应第二种资源配置模式。应理解,第二网络设备可以在源小区中仅为终端设备配置第一传输资源,也可以在源小区中仅为终端设备配置第一传输资源池,或者,还可以在源小区中既为终端设备配置第一传输资源,也配置第一传输资源池,本申请并不限定。而且,在第二网络设备在源小区中为终端设备配置了第一传输资源和第一传输资源池的情况下,终端设备可以仅使用第一传输资源,也可以仅使用第一传输资源池中的资源,也可以同时使用第一传输资源和第一传输资源池中的资源,同样不作限定。The first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device. The side chain data transmission refers to the data transmission between the terminal device and other terminal devices on the side link . Among them, the first transmission resource is the transmission resource scheduled by the second network device for the terminal device in the source cell, which may be a dedicated transmission resource for the terminal device, corresponding to the first resource configuration mode; the first transmission resource pool is the second network device The transmission resource pool configured for the terminal equipment in the source cell can be used in the absence of network scheduling resources, corresponding to the second resource configuration mode. It should be understood that the second network device may configure only the first transmission resource for the terminal device in the source cell, or configure only the first transmission resource pool for the terminal device in the source cell, or it may also be the terminal device in the source cell. The device configures the first transmission resource and also configures the first transmission resource pool, which is not limited in this application. Moreover, in the case where the second network device configures the first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool for the terminal device in the source cell, the terminal device may only use the first transmission resource, or only use the first transmission resource pool. The resources in the first transmission resource and the resources in the first transmission resource pool can also be used at the same time, which is also not limited.
第一传输资源可为配置时需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源,或者配置时不需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源。在一种可能的设计中,第一传输资源可以为configured  grant,用于为终端设备指示业务传输可用的时间和频率范围,可以由第二网络设备基于per cell和per带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)通过RRC消息配置。configured grant包括configured grant type1和configured grant type2两种类型。configured grant type1在配置时不需要PDCCH上承载的DCI指示激活和去激活,一旦配置好就可直接使用。configured grant type2在配置时需要PDCCH上承载的DCI指示激活和去激活,配置后需要根据DCI中对激活和去激活的指示确定是否启用。第一传输资源池为一段时频资源的集合,可包括发送资源池和接收资源池两部分。在一种可能的设计中,第一传输资源池可以为第二网络设备配置的resource pool。The first transmission resource may be a transmission resource that requires DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration, or a transmission resource that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration. In a possible design, the first transmission resource may be a configured grant, which is used to indicate the available time and frequency range of service transmission for the terminal device. The second network device may be based on the per cell and per bandwidth part (bandwidth part, BWP). ) Configure via RRC message. Configured grant includes two types: configured grant type1 and configured grant type2. The configured grant type1 does not require the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation and deactivation during configuration. Once configured, it can be used directly. The configured grant type2 requires the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation and deactivation during configuration. After configuration, it is necessary to determine whether to activate or not according to the activation and deactivation indication in the DCI. The first transmission resource pool is a collection of time-frequency resources, and may include two parts: a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool. In a possible design, the first transmission resource pool may be a resource pool configured by the second network device.
值得注意的是,在第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送用于切换请求的第一消息之前,第二网络设备可接收终端设备发送的测量上报消息。在一种可能的设计中,测量上报消息包括用于指示上述第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息。因此,第二网络设备可根据终端设备发送的测量上报消息,确定第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池。在另一种可能的设计中,测量上报消息也可不包括用于指示第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息,第二网络设备可以根据终端设备的标识,确定第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池。示例性的,第二网络设备保存在源小区中为各个终端设备配置的传输资源和/或传输资源池的信息、记录或对应关系,当需要向第一网络设备发送第一消息时,根据终端设备的标识在保存的对应关系中查找,确定对应的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池。It should be noted that before the second network device sends the first message for the handover request to the first network device, the second network device may receive the measurement report message sent by the terminal device. In a possible design, the measurement report message includes information used to indicate the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool. Therefore, the second network device may determine the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool according to the measurement report message sent by the terminal device. In another possible design, the measurement report message may also not include information indicating the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool, and the second network device may determine the first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool according to the identification of the terminal device. /Or the first transmission resource pool. Exemplarily, the second network device saves information, records or correspondences of transmission resources and/or transmission resource pools configured for each terminal device in the source cell, and when it is necessary to send the first message to the first network device, according to the terminal The identifier of the device is searched in the stored correspondence relationship, and the corresponding first transmission resource and/or first transmission resource pool is determined.
在一种可能的设计中,第二网络设备可通过与第一网络设备之间的Xn接口向第一网络设备发送第一消息,本申请实施例对此并不限定。In a possible design, the second network device may send the first message to the first network device through the Xn interface with the first network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
步骤S402、第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送用于响应切换请求的第二消息,该第二消息包括用于指示终端设备切换到目标小区后是否继续使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息。Step S402: The first network device sends a second message for responding to the handover request to the second network device, where the second message includes a second message for instructing the terminal device whether to continue to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource after switching to the target cell. Transmission resource pool information.
本申请实施例中,第一网络设备发送的用于响应切换请求的第二消息,该第二消息也可以称为切换响应消息或切换请求响应消息。In the embodiment of the present application, the second message sent by the first network device for responding to the handover request may also be referred to as a handover response message or a handover request response message.
在第一网络设备决定终端设备切换到目标小区后使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的情况下,第一网络设备发送的第二消息中可包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备在切换到目标小区后使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池。在第一网络设备决定终端设备切换到目标小区后不使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的情况下,第一网络设备发送的第二消息中可包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示第一网络设备在目标小区中重新为终端设备配置的第二传输资源和/或第二传输资源池。When the first network device decides that the terminal device uses the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after switching to the target cell, the second message sent by the first network device may include the first indication information. The indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after switching to the target cell. In the case that the first network device decides not to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after the terminal device is handed over to the target cell, the second message sent by the first network device may include the second indication information. The second indication information is used to indicate the second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool that the first network device reconfigures for the terminal device in the target cell.
第二传输资源和/或第二传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输。第二传输资源是第一网络设备在目标小区中为终端设备调度的传输资源,对应第一种资源配置模式,可以是终端设备专用的传输资源;第二传输资源池是第一网络设备在目标小区中为终端设备配置的传输资源池,可在不存在网络调度资源的情况下使用,对应第二种资源配置模式。应理解,第一网络设备可以在目标小区中仅为终端设备配置第二传输资源,也可以在目标小区中仅为终端设备配置第二传输资源池,或者,还可以在目标小区中为终端设备既配置第二传输资源,也配置第二传输资源池,本申请并不限定。类似地,在同时配置了第二传输资源和第二传输资源池的情况下,终端设备可以单独使用第二传输资源,也可以单独使用第二传输资源池中的资源,也可以同时使用第二传输资源和第二传输资源池中的资源,同样不作限定。The second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side chain data transmission of the terminal device. The second transmission resource is the transmission resource scheduled by the first network device for the terminal device in the target cell, corresponding to the first resource configuration mode, which can be a dedicated transmission resource for the terminal device; the second transmission resource pool is the first network device in the target cell. The transmission resource pool configured for terminal equipment in the cell can be used in the absence of network scheduling resources, corresponding to the second resource configuration mode. It should be understood that the first network device may configure only the second transmission resource for the terminal device in the target cell, or configure the second transmission resource pool for the terminal device only in the target cell, or it may also configure the second transmission resource pool for the terminal device in the target cell. The configuration of both the second transmission resource and the second transmission resource pool is not limited in this application. Similarly, in the case that the second transmission resource and the second transmission resource pool are configured at the same time, the terminal device can use the second transmission resource alone, can also use the resources in the second transmission resource pool alone, or use the second transmission resource pool at the same time. The transmission resources and the resources in the second transmission resource pool are also not limited.
与第一传输资源类似,第二传输资源可为配置时需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源,或者配置时不需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源。在一种可能的设计中,第二传输资源可以为configured grant,用于为终端设备指示业务传输可用的时间和频率范围,可以由第一网络设备基于per cell和per BWP通过RRC消息来配置。configured grant包括configured grant type1和configured grant type2两种类型,configured grant type1在配置时不需要PDCCH上承载的DCI指示激活或去激活,configured grant type2在配置时需要PDCCH上承载的DCI指示激活或去激活。与第一传输资源池类似,第二传输资源池为一段时频资源的集合,可包括发送资源池和接收资源池两部分。在一种可能的设计中,第二传输资源池可以为第一网络设备配置的resource pool。Similar to the first transmission resource, the second transmission resource may be a transmission resource that requires DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration, or a transmission resource that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration. In a possible design, the second transmission resource may be a configured grant, which is used to indicate the available time and frequency range of service transmission for the terminal device, and may be configured by the first network device through the RRC message based on the per cell and per BWP. Configured grant includes configured grant type1 and configured grant type2. Configured grant type1 does not require the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration, and configured grant type2 requires the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration . Similar to the first transmission resource pool, the second transmission resource pool is a collection of a segment of time-frequency resources, and may include two parts: a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool. In a possible design, the second transmission resource pool may be a resource pool configured by the first network device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备可通过与第二网络设备之间的Xn接口向第二网络设备发送上述第二消息,本申请实施例对此并不限定。In a possible design, the first network device may send the foregoing second message to the second network device through the Xn interface with the second network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
步骤S403、第二网络设备接收第一网络设备用于响应切换请求的第二消息。Step S403: The second network device receives a second message used by the first network device to respond to the handover request.
在步骤S403之后,第二网络设备可将第一网络设备发送的第一指示信息或第二指示信息发送给终端设备。在一种可能的设计中,第二网络设备可向终端设备发送用于指示进行小区切换的消息,如切换消息,在该消息中携带第一指示信息或第二指示信息。After step S403, the second network device may send the first instruction information or the second instruction information sent by the first network device to the terminal device. In a possible design, the second network device may send a message for instructing cell handover to the terminal device, such as a handover message, and the message carries the first indication information or the second indication information.
如此,由第一网络设备来决策在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/第一传输资源池在目标小区中是否可继续使用,并在不可用时为终端设备配置新的传输资源和/或新的传输资源池,可有效确保终端设备在发生小区切换时的业务连续性。In this way, the first network device decides whether the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell can continue to be used in the target cell, and configures new transmission resources and/or for the terminal device when they are not available The new transmission resource pool can effectively ensure the business continuity of terminal equipment when cell handover occurs.
例如,在车队这种组通信应用场景中,一个车队在地理上的范围可能很大,同一个车队中的终端设备可能处于多个小区的覆盖下。采用本申请实施例中提供的方案,车队中的终端设备在从一个小区切换到另一个小区时,在第一网络设备决策下源小区和目标小区可使用相同的传输资源或传输资源池,或者在终端设备进行小区切换前,就可配置好终端设备在接入目标小区后可使用的传输资源或传输资源池,从而避免不同小区中配置的资源不同对组通信的业务连续性造成影响。For example, in a group communication application scenario of a fleet, a fleet may have a large geographic range, and the terminal devices in the same fleet may be under the coverage of multiple cells. Using the solution provided in the embodiments of this application, when the terminal equipment in the fleet switches from one cell to another, the source cell and the target cell can use the same transmission resource or transmission resource pool under the decision of the first network equipment, or Before the terminal device performs cell handover, the transmission resource or transmission resource pool that the terminal device can use after accessing the target cell can be configured, so as to avoid the impact of different resources configured in different cells on the business continuity of group communication.
请参阅图5,为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源配置方法,该方法包括如下步骤S501至步骤S502:Please refer to FIG. 5, which is another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application. The method includes the following steps S501 to S502:
步骤S501:终端设备获取满足触发连接的条件,该条件具体可以表示为如下的一项或多项:Step S501: The terminal device obtains that the condition for triggering the connection is satisfied, and the condition can be specifically expressed as one or more of the following:
条件1、使用为业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池中的传输资源传输数据时,信道状态信息差于或差于等于第一阈值或信道拥塞程度大于或大于等于第二阈值。Condition 1. When using the transmission resource in the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest for the service to transmit data, the channel state information is worse than or equal to the first threshold or the channel congestion degree is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
本申请实施例中,在系统广播消息中包括业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池的情况下,终端设备可使用该传输资源池中的资源传输数据。此时,若满足条件1则表示当前侧行链路上的信道质量较差,现有业务的侧链数据传输可能无法得到保障。原因可能是使用相近传输资源的终端设备距离较近,相互之间干扰较为严重,或者同一区域内的终端设备数量较多,系统广播消息中配置的传输资源池不能支撑这些终端设备的业务传输,所以需要终端设备请求RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复。In the embodiment of the present application, when the system broadcast message includes the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest in the service, the terminal device can use the resources in the transmission resource pool to transmit data. At this time, if condition 1 is met, it indicates that the channel quality on the current side link is poor, and the side chain data transmission of the existing service may not be guaranteed. The reason may be that terminal devices that use similar transmission resources are relatively close and interfere with each other more severely, or there are a large number of terminal devices in the same area, and the transmission resource pool configured in the system broadcast message cannot support the service transmission of these terminal devices. Therefore, the terminal device needs to request RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery.
业务感兴趣频点是指传输终端设备感兴趣的业务或业务类型的数据所在的频点,终端设备可向网络设备上报的侧链UE信息中指示业务感兴趣频点。示例性的,终端设备可向发送侧链UE信息sidelinkUEinformation,该侧链UE信息中的 SL-V2X-CommTxResourceReq-r14信元IE可包括一个或多个载波carrier,每个carrier对应一个目的标识destination ID列表,用于指示终端设备在哪些频点上有感兴趣的业务需要传输。The service frequency of interest refers to the frequency at which the service or service type data that the terminal device is interested in is transmitted. The terminal device can indicate the service frequency of interest in the side-chain UE information reported to the network device. Exemplarily, the terminal device may send sidelink UE information to the sidelink UE information. The SL-V2X-CommTxResourceReq-r14 cell IE in the side chain UE information may include one or more carriers, and each carrier corresponds to a destination ID. The list is used to indicate on which frequency points the terminal equipment has interesting services to be transmitted.
条件2、为当前业务感兴趣频点配置的传输资源池不满足或无法支持新业务的服务质量QoS要求。Condition 2. The transmission resource pool configured for the frequency points of interest for the current service does not meet or cannot support the QoS requirements of the new service.
本申请实施例中,为当前业务感兴趣频点配置的传输资源池不满足或无法支持新业务的QoS要求,可包括:新业务要求的传输时延(latency)小于或小于等于第三阈值、新业务要求的可靠性(reliability)大于或大于等于第四阈值、新业务要求的传输速率(data rate)大于或大于等于第五阈值、新业务要求的通信距离(minimum required communcation range)大于或大于等于第六阈值、新业务对应的一个或多个QoS参数中的超过第七阈值范围或不在配置列表的范围内。其中,这里的一个或多个QoS参数可包括PC5口第五代通信系统服务质量指示(PC5 5G QoS identifier,PQI)、基于V2X通信的服务质量指示(V2X QoS identifier,VQI)、第五代通信系统服务质量指示(5G QoS identifier,5QI)、QoS流标识(QoS Flow ID,QFI)、保证流量比特率(guaranteed flow bit rate,GFBR)、最大流量比特率(maximum flow bit rate,MFBR)等中的一个或多个。In the embodiment of this application, the transmission resource pool configured for the frequency points of interest for the current service does not meet or cannot support the QoS requirements of the new service, which may include: the transmission delay required by the new service is less than or equal to the third threshold, The reliability required by the new service is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold, the data rate required by the new service is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold, and the communication distance required by the new service (minimum required communication range) is greater than or greater than Equal to the sixth threshold, one or more of the QoS parameters corresponding to the new service exceeds the seventh threshold range or is not in the configuration list. Among them, the one or more QoS parameters here may include the PC5 5G QoS identifier (PQI) of the fifth generation communication system, the V2X communication-based quality of service indicator (V2X QoS identifier, VQI), and the fifth generation communication system. System quality of service indicator (5G QoS identifier, 5QI), QoS flow identifier (QoS Flow ID, QFI), guaranteed flow bit rate (guaranteed flow bit rate, GFBR), maximum flow bit rate (maximum flow bit rate, MFBR), etc. One or more of.
不满足的原因可能是,新业务要求更高的QoS参数。例如可以是更低的传输时延、更高的可靠性、更高的传输速率、更大的通信距离等,这些QoS参数无法在基于系统广播消息中配置的传输资源池选择的资源上实现,需要网络设备配置更合适的传输资源来满足新业务的要求。The reason for dissatisfaction may be that new services require higher QoS parameters. For example, it can be lower transmission delay, higher reliability, higher transmission rate, larger communication distance, etc. These QoS parameters cannot be realized on the resources selected based on the transmission resource pool configured in the system broadcast message. Network equipment is required to configure more appropriate transmission resources to meet the requirements of new services.
条件3、业务传输模式(traffic pattern)发生变化。Condition 3. The traffic pattern has changed.
本申请实施例中,业务传输模式包含业务的传输周期(periodicity)、业务传输的数据量信息、业务传输的时间信息、业务传输的频率信息等多种类型的信息。其中,业务的传输周期用于指示估计的该业务的数据在逻辑信道上到达时间间隔,例如可以包括20ms、50ms、100ms、200ms、甚至1000ms等多种取值,具体不作限定;业务传输的数据量信息可以是为该业务配置的传输块(transport block,TB)的大小或数据长度,如可以是messagesize信息;业务传输的时间信息用于指示业务传输所在的时间位置,例如可以是timingoffset信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the service transmission mode includes various types of information such as the period of service transmission (periodicity), data volume information of service transmission, time information of service transmission, and frequency information of service transmission. Among them, the transmission period of the service is used to indicate the estimated time interval for the data of the service to arrive on the logical channel. For example, it can include various values such as 20ms, 50ms, 100ms, 200ms, or even 1000ms, which is not specifically limited; the service transmission data The amount information may be the size or data length of a transport block (TB) configured for the service, such as messagesize information; the time information of service transmission is used to indicate the time position of service transmission, for example, it may be timingoffset information.
业务传输模式发生变化可包括:业务的传输周期(periodicity)、业务传输的数据量信息、业务传输的时间信息、业务传输的频率信息中的一种或多种发生变化。由于业务传输模式发生变化,系统广播消息中配置的传输资源池可能不再满足或不再适合业务传输的要求。因此,需要终端设备请求RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复,使网络设备配置专用的传输资源。示例性的,业务传输模式发生变化可以为业务的传输周期从100ms变成50ms或20ms等。Changes in the service transmission mode may include: changes in one or more of the period of service transmission (periodicity), data volume information of service transmission, time information of service transmission, and frequency information of service transmission. Due to changes in the service transmission mode, the transmission resource pool configured in the system broadcast message may no longer meet or be no longer suitable for service transmission requirements. Therefore, the terminal device needs to request RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery, so that the network device is configured with dedicated transmission resources. Exemplarily, the change in the service transmission mode may be that the service transmission period changes from 100 ms to 50 ms or 20 ms.
条件4、系统广播消息中未包括业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池。在一种可能的设计中,该传输资源池可以为发送资源池。Condition 4. The system broadcast message does not include the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest for the service. In a possible design, the transmission resource pool may be a transmission resource pool.
步骤S502:终端设备向网络设备发送第三消息,该第三消息用于无线资源控制RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复。Step S502: The terminal device sends a third message to the network device, where the third message is used for radio resource control RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备可在满足上述条件时,向网络设备发送第三消息。若终端设备当前处于RRC空闲态,该第三消息可用于RRC连接建立,此时第三消息也可称为RRC连接建立消息;若终端设备当前处于RRC非激活态,该第三消息可用于RRC连 接恢复,此时第三消息也可称为RRC连接恢复消息。In a possible design, the terminal device may send a third message to the network device when the above conditions are met. If the terminal device is currently in the RRC idle state, the third message can be used for RRC connection establishment. At this time, the third message can also be called an RRC connection establishment message; if the terminal device is currently in the RRC inactive state, the third message can be used for RRC The connection is restored. At this time, the third message may also be referred to as an RRC connection restoration message.
示例性地,如图6a所示,终端设备在网络设备覆盖范围下,侦听系统广播消息,例如可以是系统信息块(system information block,SIB)消息。若系统广播消息中包含业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池的配置信息,那么终端设备可以基于第二种资源配置方式,从传输资源池中选择资源进行侧行链路上的业务传输;否则,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第三消息,请求RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复,以进入RRC连接态,由网络设备显式配置专用的传输资源。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 6a, the terminal device listens to a system broadcast message under the coverage of the network device, for example, a system information block (SIB) message. If the system broadcast message contains the configuration information of the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest for the service, the terminal device can select resources from the transmission resource pool for service transmission on the side link based on the second resource configuration method; otherwise, , The terminal device may send a third message to the network device to request RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery to enter the RRC connection state, and the network device explicitly configures dedicated transmission resources.
再例如,如图6b所示,终端设备根据保留的传输资源池或系统广播消息中配置的传输资源池进行侧行链路上的数据传输。若满足上述条件1、条件2、条件3中的一项或多项,终端设备可发送第三消息,请求RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复。其中,条件1表示侧行链路上的现有的业务传输因信道/链路质量较差、负载较重而无法得到保障,条件2表示终端设备的新业务的QoS要求较高,超过了当前配置的传输资源池中的资源所能支持的范围,条件3表示业务传输模式发生了变化。For another example, as shown in FIG. 6b, the terminal device performs data transmission on the side link according to the reserved transmission resource pool or the transmission resource pool configured in the system broadcast message. If one or more of the above condition 1, condition 2, and condition 3 is satisfied, the terminal device may send a third message to request RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery. Among them, condition 1 indicates that the existing service transmission on the side link cannot be guaranteed due to poor channel/link quality and heavy load. Condition 2 indicates that the QoS requirements of the new service of the terminal equipment are higher, which exceeds the current The range that the resources in the configured transmission resource pool can support, condition 3 indicates that the service transmission mode has changed.
需要说明的是,针对上述条件中涉及到的包括第一阈值至第七阈值及配置列表在内的任一个或多个参数,终端设备在判断是否满足触发连接的条件之前,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的RRC消息,该RRC消息中包括该任一个或多个参数;和/或,终端设备也可接收网络设备发送的系统广播消息,该系统广播消息中包括该任一个或多个参数;和/或,终端设备还可获取预先配置在终端设备中的该任一个或多个参数。这样,可通过多种可能的实现方式对连接触发的条件中涉及到的任一个或多个参数进行配置,可避免参数配置方式单一,而影响终端设备发起RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复,有效提高资源配置方法的适用性。当某一配置方式不可用时,网络设备还可选择其他方式对条件中的参数进行配置。同时也便于网络设备根据环境或需求的变化,对触发连接的条件进行及时更新。It should be noted that for any one or more parameters including the first threshold to the seventh threshold and the configuration list involved in the above conditions, the terminal device can receive the network before the terminal device determines whether the condition for triggering the connection is met. An RRC message sent by a device, the RRC message includes any one or more parameters; and/or, the terminal device may also receive a system broadcast message sent by a network device, and the system broadcast message includes any one or more parameters; And/or, the terminal device may also obtain the any one or more parameters pre-configured in the terminal device. In this way, any one or more parameters involved in the connection trigger condition can be configured through a variety of possible implementation methods, which can avoid a single parameter configuration method, and affect the terminal equipment to initiate RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery, which effectively improves Applicability of resource allocation methods. When a certain configuration method is not available, the network device can also choose other methods to configure the parameters in the condition. At the same time, it is also convenient for network equipment to update the conditions that trigger the connection in time according to changes in the environment or requirements.
进而,终端设备还可以为用于参数配置的各种实现方式(可以理解为参数的配置方式或来源)设定优先级。例如,优先级可以为RRC消息的优先级大于系统广播消息的优先级,系统广播消息的优先级大于预配置参数的优先级。如此,终端设备可以根据设定的上述优先级,将根据优先级最高的方式配置的数值作为该任一个或多个参数的最终取值。例如,终端设备若接收到用于配置该任一个或多个参数的RRC消息,可根据该RRC消息确定该任一个或多个参数的取值;若未接收到用于配置该任一个或多个参数的RRC消息,但接收到用于配置该任一个或多个参数的系统广播消息,可根据该系统广播消息确定该任一个或多个参数的取值;若未接收到用于配置该任一个或多个参数的RRC消息,也未接收到用于配置该任一个或多个参数的系统广播消息,可获取预先配置在终端设备中的该任一个或多个参数。这样,由于终端设备可能会接收到用于配置该任一个或多个参数的RRC消息和系统广播消息中的一个、两个,甚至0个,为参数配置的各种实现方式设置优先级,可确保连接触发条件设置的规则有序。Furthermore, the terminal device can also set priorities for various implementations for parameter configuration (which can be understood as the configuration method or source of the parameter). For example, the priority may be that the priority of the RRC message is greater than the priority of the system broadcast message, and the priority of the system broadcast message is greater than the priority of the pre-configured parameter. In this way, the terminal device can use the value configured in the manner with the highest priority as the final value of any one or more parameters according to the set priority. For example, if the terminal device receives an RRC message for configuring any one or more parameters, it can determine the value of any one or more parameters according to the RRC message; if it does not receive an RRC message for configuring any one or more parameters, The RRC message for each parameter, but the system broadcast message for configuring any one or more parameters is received, the value of any one or more parameters can be determined according to the system broadcast message; if it is not received for configuring the If an RRC message for any one or more parameters is not received, a system broadcast message for configuring any one or more parameters is not received, and any one or more parameters pre-configured in the terminal device may be acquired. In this way, since the terminal device may receive one, two, or even zero of the RRC message and the system broadcast message used to configure any one or more parameters, it is possible to set the priority for various implementation modes of parameter configuration. Make sure that the rules for setting the connection trigger conditions are in order.
由此可知,本申请实施例提供的触发连接的条件考虑到现有的业务传输的信道质量、新业务的QoS要求、业务传输模式等多种因素而设置,可以更好地保障侧行链路上的业务传输QoS需求,避免连接建立条件过于单一,而导致终端设备无法进入RRC连接态的情况发生。It can be seen that the conditions for triggering the connection provided in the embodiments of the present application are set in consideration of various factors such as the channel quality of the existing service transmission, the QoS requirements of the new service, the service transmission mode, etc., which can better guarantee the side link The QoS requirements for service transmission on the above avoid the situation that the connection establishment conditions are too single, and the terminal equipment cannot enter the RRC connection state.
请参阅图7,为本申请实施例提供的另一种资源配置方法,该方法可应用于终端设备 由RRC连接态转换为RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态,或者终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围的场景中。该方法包括如下的步骤S701至步骤S702:Please refer to FIG. 7, another resource configuration method provided by this embodiment of the application. This method can be applied to a terminal device that changes from an RRC connected state to an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state, or the terminal device leaves the coverage of the network device. Scene. The method includes the following steps S701 to S702:
步骤S701、终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态,或者离开网络设备覆盖范围。Step S701: The terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, or leaves the coverage of the network device.
本申请实施例中,终端设备进入RRC空闲态可包括:终端设备由RRC连接态进入RRC空闲态,或终端设备由RRC非激活态进入RRC空闲态两种情形。终端设备进入RRC非激活态可包括,终端设备由RRC连接态进入RRC非激活态一种情形。终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围可包括,终端设备从RRC连接态离开网络设备覆盖范围,或者终端设备从RRC非激活态离开网络设备覆盖范围,或者终端设备从RRC空闲态离开网络设备覆盖范围等三种情形,本申请实施例对此并不限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device entering the RRC idle state may include: the terminal device enters the RRC idle state from the RRC connected state, or the terminal device enters the RRC idle state from the RRC inactive state. The terminal device entering the RRC inactive state may include a situation in which the terminal device enters the RRC inactive state from the RRC connected state. The terminal device leaving the network device coverage can include the terminal device leaving the network device coverage from the RRC connected state, or the terminal device leaving the network device coverage from the RRC inactive state, or the terminal device leaving the network device coverage from the RRC idle state, etc. In this case, the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
步骤S702、终端设备保留在源小区中配置的第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池。Step S702: The terminal device reserves the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool configured in the source cell.
其中,第三传输资源和第三传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输。第三传输资源是第二网络设备(如源网络设备)在源小区中为终端设备调度的传输资源,对应第一种资源配置模式,可以是终端设备的专用传输资源。第三传输资源池是第二网络设备(如源网络设备)在源小区中为终端设备配置的传输资源池,可以在不存在网络调度资源的情况下使用,对应第二种资源配置模式。Among them, the third transmission resource and the third transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side chain data transmission of the terminal device. The third transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled by the second network device (such as the source network device) for the terminal device in the source cell, corresponding to the first resource configuration mode, and may be a dedicated transmission resource of the terminal device. The third transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured by the second network device (such as the source network device) for the terminal device in the source cell, which can be used in the absence of network scheduling resources, and corresponds to the second resource configuration mode.
第三传输资源可以为配置时需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源,或者配置时不需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源。在一种可能的设计中,第三传输资源可以为configured grant,用于为终端设备指示业务传输可用的时间和频率范围,可以由第二网络设备基于per cell和per BWP通过RRC消息来配置。configured grant包括configured grant type1和configured grant type2两种类型,configured grant type1在配置时不需要PDCCH上承载的DCI指示激活或去激活,configured grant type2在配置时需要PDCCH上承载的DCI指示激活或去激活。第三传输资源池为一段时频资源的集合,可包括发送资源池和接收资源池两部分。在一种可能的设计中,第三传输资源池可以为第二网络设备配置的resource pool。The third transmission resource may be a transmission resource that requires DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration, or a transmission resource that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration. In a possible design, the third transmission resource may be a configured grant, which is used to indicate the available time and frequency range of service transmission for the terminal device, and may be configured by the second network device through the RRC message based on the per cell and per BWP. Configured grant includes configured grant type1 and configured grant type2. Configured grant type1 does not require the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration, and configured grant type2 requires the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration . The third transmission resource pool is a collection of a period of time-frequency resources, and may include two parts: a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool. In a possible design, the third transmission resource pool may be a resource pool configured by the second network device.
如此,终端设备在进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态时,可保留第二网络设备原先配置的传输资源和/或传输资源池,从而更好地支持业务连续性,满足侧行链路上数据传输的QoS要求,避免终端设备在发生RRC状态转换时直接释放第二网络设备配置的资源,而影响侧行链路上的数据传输。In this way, when the terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, it can retain the transmission resources and/or the transmission resource pool originally configured by the second network device, thereby better supporting business continuity and meeting data on the side link The transmission QoS requirement prevents the terminal device from directly releasing the resources configured by the second network device when the RRC state transition occurs, which affects the data transmission on the side link.
对于离开网络设备覆盖范围的终端设备来说,考虑到终端设备处于网络设备覆盖范围外,无法侦听到网络设备发送的系统广播消息。在这一情形下,终端设备保留原先在网络设备覆盖范围内时由第二网络设备配置的传输资源和/或传输资源池,可有效支持终端设备在侧行链路上的业务连续性。For a terminal device that leaves the coverage area of the network device, considering that the terminal device is outside the coverage area of the network device, it is unable to detect the system broadcast message sent by the network device. In this situation, the terminal device retains the transmission resources and/or the transmission resource pool configured by the second network device when it was originally in the coverage of the network device, which can effectively support the business continuity of the terminal device on the side link.
在终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围的情形下,终端设备还可在经过第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池分别对应的有效时长后,释放第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池。应理解,第三传输资源与第三传输资源池对应的有效时长可以相同或不同,且均可由本领域技术人员根据实际需要设置,本申请对此不作具体限定。示例性地,终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围时,可启用一个定时器timer设定该第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的有效时长。在定时器提醒有效时长到来时,释放第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池。In the case that the terminal device leaves the coverage of the network device, the terminal device may also release the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool, respectively . It should be understood that the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource and the third transmission resource pool may be the same or different, and both can be set by those skilled in the art according to actual needs, which is not specifically limited in this application. Exemplarily, when the terminal device leaves the coverage area of the network device, a timer may be activated to set the effective duration of the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool. When the effective duration of the timer reminder arrives, the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool are released.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备可接收第一网络设备(如目标网络设备)发送的RRC消息,根据该RRC消息确定第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池对应的有效时长,该RRC 消息中包括用于指示该第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池分别对应的有效时长的信息;和/或,终端设备还可接收第一网络设备发送的系统广播消息,根据该系统广播消息确定第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池对应的有效时长,该系统广播消息中包括用于指示该第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池分别对应的有效时长的信息;和/或,终端设备可获取预先配置在终端设备中的第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池对应的有效时长。可选地,终端设备可在离开网络设备覆盖范围之前,根据接收到的RRC消息或系统广播消息,或采用获取预配置的方式,确定上述第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的有效时长。如此,可通过多种可能的实现方式对第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的有效时长进行配置,从而避免有效时长的设置方式过于单一,终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围后迟迟不释放保留的传输资源和/或传输资源池的问题,有效提高系统的资源利用率。In a possible design, the terminal device may receive the RRC message sent by the first network device (such as the target network device), and determine the third transmission resource and/or the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource pool according to the RRC message. The RRC message includes information indicating the effective duration of the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool respectively; and/or, the terminal device may also receive the system broadcast message sent by the first network device, according to the system The broadcast message determines the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool, and the system broadcast message includes information for indicating the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool respectively; And/or, the terminal device may obtain the third transmission resource pre-configured in the terminal device and/or the effective duration corresponding to the third transmission resource pool. Optionally, the terminal device may determine the validity of the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool according to the received RRC message or system broadcast message, or obtain the pre-configuration before leaving the coverage of the network device. duration. In this way, the effective duration of the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool can be configured through a variety of possible implementation methods, so as to avoid the setting of the effective duration from being too singular, and the terminal device will be delayed after leaving the coverage of the network device. The problem of releasing the reserved transmission resources and/or the transmission resource pool effectively improves the resource utilization of the system.
可选地,终端设备还可为获取有效时长的各种实现方式设置优先级(也可以理解为有效时长的获取途径或来源)。例如,优先级可以为RRC消息的优先级大于系统广播消息的优先级,系统广播消息的优先级大于预配置参数的优先级。如此,终端设备可根据优先级最高的方式配置的数值作为有效时长的最终取值。例如,终端设备若接收到用于配置有效时长的RRC消息,可根据该RRC消息确定该有效时长;若未接收到用于配置有效时长的RRC消息,但接收到了用于配置有效时长的系统广播消息,可根据该系统广播消息确定有效时长;否则,若未接收到用于配置有效时长的RRC消息,也未接收到用于配置有效时长的系统广播消息,可获取预先配置在终端设备中的有效时长。这样,由于终端设备可能会接收到用于配置有效时长的RRC消息和系统广播消息中的一个、两个,甚至0个,为有效时长配置的各种实现方式设置优先级,可确保能够成功设置第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的有效时长,以使终端设备离开网络设备覆盖范围后,经过对应的有效时长可释放这部分资源,从而提高系统的资源利用率。Optionally, the terminal device may also set priorities for various implementations of obtaining the effective duration (which can also be understood as the way or source of obtaining the effective duration). For example, the priority may be that the priority of the RRC message is greater than the priority of the system broadcast message, and the priority of the system broadcast message is greater than the priority of the pre-configured parameter. In this way, the terminal device can use the value configured in the manner with the highest priority as the final value of the effective duration. For example, if the terminal device receives an RRC message for configuring the valid duration, it can determine the valid duration according to the RRC message; if it does not receive the RRC message for configuring the valid duration, but it receives a system broadcast for configuring the valid duration Message, the effective duration can be determined according to the system broadcast message; otherwise, if the RRC message for configuring the effective duration is not received, and the system broadcast message for configuring the effective duration is not received, the pre-configured terminal device can be obtained Effective duration. In this way, since the terminal device may receive one, two, or even zero of the RRC message and the system broadcast message used to configure the effective duration, setting the priority for various implementations of the effective duration configuration can ensure successful setting The effective duration of the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool is such that after the terminal device leaves the coverage of the network device, these resources can be released after the corresponding effective duration, thereby improving the resource utilization of the system.
在终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的情形下,终端设备可接收第二网络设备(如源网络设备)发送的第六消息,该第六消息用于RRC连接释放或RRC连接暂停。示例性的,若终端设备进入RRC空闲态,该第六消息可用于RRC连接释放,此时第六消息也可称为RRC连接释放消息(RRC release消息);若终端设备进入RRC非激活态,该第六消息可用于RRC连接暂停,此时该第六消息可称为RRC连接释放消息,或者也可称为RRC连接暂停消息,或者也可以具有其他名称,具体不作限定。可选地,终端设备离开RRC连接态,进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态之前,第二网络设备可向终端设备发送该第六消息。When the terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, the terminal device may receive a sixth message sent by the second network device (such as the source network device), and the sixth message is used for RRC connection release or RRC connection suspension. Exemplarily, if the terminal device enters the RRC idle state, the sixth message can be used for RRC connection release. At this time, the sixth message can also be called an RRC connection release message (RRC release message); if the terminal device enters the RRC inactive state, The sixth message may be used to suspend the RRC connection. In this case, the sixth message may be called an RRC connection release message, or may also be called an RRC connection suspension message, or may have other names, which is not specifically limited. Optionally, before the terminal device leaves the RRC connected state and enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, the second network device may send the sixth message to the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,该第六消息中可包括用于指示第一区域的信息,该第一区域具体为终端设备在发生小区重选时被允许继续使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的区域范围,该第一区域可包括一个或多个小区。In a possible design, the sixth message may include information for indicating the first area, and the first area is specifically that the terminal device is allowed to continue to use the third transmission resource and/or the first area when cell reselection occurs. 3. The area range of the transmission resource pool. The first area may include one or more cells.
示例性的,在终端设备由RRC连接态转换为RRC非激活态的情形下,为了更好地支持终端设备在RRC非激活态下的移动性,第一区域具体可为第一无线接入网通知区域(RAN-based notification area,RNA)区域。终端设备在第一RNA区域内移动发生小区重选时,可以继续使用保留的第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池传输数据。该第一RNA区域可由RRC连接暂停消息中的RAN-NotificationAreaInfo信息单元(information element,IE)中携带的小区列表celllist信息来指示,也可以由系统广播消息中携带的RAN area ID信息来指示。Exemplarily, when the terminal device is converted from the RRC connected state to the RRC inactive state, in order to better support the mobility of the terminal device in the RRC inactive state, the first area may specifically be the first radio access network Notification area (RAN-based notification area, RNA) area. When the terminal device moves in the first RNA area and cell reselection occurs, it may continue to use the reserved third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool to transmit data. The first RNA area may be indicated by celllist information carried in the RAN-NotificationAreaInfo information element (information element, IE) in the RRC connection suspension message, or may be indicated by the RAN area ID information carried in the system broadcast message.
另一示例,在终端设备由RRC连接态转换为RRC空闲态的情形下,为了更好地支持终端设备在RRC空闲态下的移动性,第一区域具体可为第一有效区域。该第一有效区域与第一RNA区域的作用类似。终端设备在第一有效区域内移动发生小区重选时,可以继续使用保留的第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池中的资源传输数据,只不过终端设备目前处于RRC空闲态。应理解,第一有效区域可由RRC连接释放消息中携带的信息或系统广播消息中携带的信息指示,该第一有效区域也可以具有其他的名称,本申请对此不作具体限定。In another example, when the terminal device is converted from the RRC connected state to the RRC idle state, in order to better support the mobility of the terminal device in the RRC idle state, the first area may specifically be the first effective area. The first effective region functions similarly to the first RNA region. When cell reselection occurs when the terminal device moves in the first effective area, it can continue to use the reserved third transmission resource and/or the resources in the third transmission resource pool to transmit data, but the terminal device is currently in the RRC idle state. It should be understood that the first effective area may be indicated by the information carried in the RRC connection release message or the information carried in the system broadcast message, and the first effective area may also have other names, which is not specifically limited in this application.
可选地,如图8所示,在终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的情形下,在步骤S801中,终端设备可向第一网络设备发送第四消息,该第四消息用于RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复,以再次进入RRC连接态。该第四消息中可包括用于指示第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的信息。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 8, when the terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, in step S801, the terminal device may send a fourth message to the first network device, and the fourth message is used for The RRC connection is established or the RRC connection is restored to enter the RRC connection state again. The fourth message may include information for indicating the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool.
在步骤S602中,第一网络设备可向终端设备发送用于响应第四消息的第五消息,该第五消息中包括用于指示终端设备在接入到目标小区后是否继续使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的信息。示例性的,若终端设备之前处于RRC空闲态,该第四消息可用于RRC连接建立,此时第四消息也可称为RRC连接建立消息,第五消息也可称为RRC连接建立响应消息;若终端设备之前处于RRC非激活态,该第四消息可用于RRC连接恢复,此时第四消息也可称为RRC连接恢复消息,第五消息也可称为RRC连接恢复响应消息。In step S602, the first network device may send a fifth message for responding to the fourth message to the terminal device, where the fifth message includes instructions for indicating whether the terminal device continues to use the third transmission resource after accessing the target cell. And/or the third transmission resource pool information. Exemplarily, if the terminal device was in the RRC idle state before, the fourth message may be used for RRC connection establishment. At this time, the fourth message may also be called an RRC connection establishment message, and the fifth message may also be called an RRC connection establishment response message; If the terminal device was in the RRC inactive state before, the fourth message can be used for RRC connection recovery. At this time, the fourth message can also be called an RRC connection recovery message, and the fifth message can also be called an RRC connection recovery response message.
在第一网络设备决定终端设备在接入目标小区后可使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的情况下,第五消息中可包括第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示终端设备在接入到目标小区后使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池。或者,也可以理解为指示终端设备在接入到目标小区后仍保留第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池。In the case where the first network device determines that the terminal device can use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after accessing the target cell, the fifth message may include third indication information, and the third indication information is used for Instruct the terminal device to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after accessing the target cell. Alternatively, it can also be understood as instructing the terminal device to still reserve the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after accessing the target cell.
在第一网络设备决定终端设备在接入目标小区后不使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的情况下,第五消息中包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示第一网络设备在目标小区中为终端设备重新配置的第四传输资源和/或第四传输资源池。In the case that the first network device decides that the terminal device does not use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after accessing the target cell, the fifth message includes fourth indication information, which is used to indicate The fourth transmission resource and/or the fourth transmission resource pool reconfigured by the first network device for the terminal device in the target cell.
其中,第四传输资源和第四传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输。第四传输资源是第一网络设备在目标小区中为终端设备调度的传输资源,对应第一种资源配置模式,为终端设备的专用传输资源。第四传输资源池是第一网络设备在目标小区中为终端设备配置的传输资源池,可在不存在网络调度资源的情况下使用,对应第二种资源配置模式。类似地,第四传输资源可以为配置时需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源,或者配置时不需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源。在一种可能的设计中,第四传输资源可以为configured grant,用于为终端设备指示业务传输可用的时间和频率范围,可以由第一网络设备基于per cell和per BWP通过RRC消息来配置。configured grant包括configured grant type1和configured grant type2两种类型,configured grant type1在配置时不需要PDCCH上承载的DCI指示激活或去激活,configured grant type2在配置时需要PDCCH上承载的DCI指示激活或去激活。第四传输资源池为一段时频资源的集合,可包括发送资源池和接收资源池两部分。在一种可能的设计中,第四传输资源池可以为第一网络设备配置的resource pool。Among them, the fourth transmission resource and the fourth transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side chain data transmission of the terminal device. The fourth transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled by the first network device for the terminal device in the target cell, corresponding to the first resource configuration mode, and is a dedicated transmission resource for the terminal device. The fourth transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured by the first network device for the terminal device in the target cell, which can be used when there is no network scheduling resource, and corresponds to the second resource configuration mode. Similarly, the fourth transmission resource may be a transmission resource that requires DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration, or a transmission resource that does not require DCI to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration. In a possible design, the fourth transmission resource may be a configured grant, which is used to indicate the available time and frequency range of service transmission for the terminal device, and may be configured by the first network device through the RRC message based on the per cell and per BWP. Configured grant includes configured grant type1 and configured grant type2. Configured grant type1 does not require the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration, and configured grant type2 requires the DCI carried on the PDCCH to indicate activation or deactivation during configuration . The fourth transmission resource pool is a collection of a segment of time-frequency resources, and may include two parts: a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool. In a possible design, the fourth transmission resource pool may be a resource pool configured by the first network device.
如此,终端设备请求进行RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复时,可在第四消息中携带终端设备当前的资源配置,即用于指示当前保留的传输资源和/或传输资源池的信息,由第一 网络设备决定是继续使用当前的资源配置,还是重新配置新的传输资源或传输资源池,从而有效支持终端设备的业务连续性,满足业务的QoS要求。In this way, when the terminal device requests RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery, the fourth message may carry the current resource configuration of the terminal device, that is, the information used to indicate the currently reserved transmission resources and/or the transmission resource pool. The network device decides whether to continue to use the current resource configuration or to reconfigure a new transmission resource or transmission resource pool, so as to effectively support the business continuity of the terminal device and meet the QoS requirements of the business.
如图8所示,第一网络设备接收到终端设备发送的第四消息后,在步骤S803中,第一网络设备可携带用于指示第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的信息,向第二网络设备发送资源配置释放消息,以通知第一网络设备释放第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池。进而,在步骤S804中,第一网络设备可接收第二网络设备发送的资源配置释放响应消息。如此,可便于第二网络设备将释放的第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池中的资源分配给源小区中的其他终端设备使用,从而有效提高资源利用率。示例性的,在第四消息中指示了第一区域的情况下,第一网络设备可携带用于指示第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的信息,向第一区域内的一个或多个网络设备发送资源配置释放消息,并接收该第一区域内的一个或多个网络设备发送的资源配置释放响应消息。As shown in FIG. 8, after the first network device receives the fourth message sent by the terminal device, in step S803, the first network device may carry information for indicating the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool, Send a resource configuration release message to the second network device to notify the first network device to release the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool. Furthermore, in step S804, the first network device may receive a resource configuration release response message sent by the second network device. In this way, it is convenient for the second network device to allocate the released third transmission resources and/or resources in the third transmission resource pool to other terminal devices in the source cell for use, thereby effectively improving resource utilization. Exemplarily, in the case where the first area is indicated in the fourth message, the first network device may carry information indicating the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool to one or the other in the first area Multiple network devices send a resource configuration release message, and receive a resource configuration release response message sent by one or more network devices in the first area.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备可在离开第一区域,进入第二区域时,发送第四消息,以请求RRC连接建立。该第二区域同样可包括至少一个小区,但第二区域与第一区域不重叠。In a possible design, the terminal device may send a fourth message when leaving the first area and entering the second area to request the establishment of the RRC connection. The second area may also include at least one cell, but the second area does not overlap with the first area.
例如,若终端设备先前由RRC连接态转换到RRC非激活态,当终端设备离开第一RNA区域进入第二RNA区域(第二RNA区域与第一RNA区域不同)时,可触发RNA更新流程。示例性的,RNA更新流程可以包括:终端设备向第一网络设备发送第四消息,用于RRC连接建立,该第四消息中包括用于指示终端设备保留的第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的信息;第二网络设备接收到第四消息后,可通过网络设备之间的Xn接口向第二网络设备发送资源配置释放消息,以通知第二网络设备释放第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池;同时,第一网络设备还可决策在终端设备RRC连接建立后,终端设备是否可继续使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池;第一网络设备可向终端设备发送第五消息,用于响应第四消息中的RRC连接建立请求,该第五消息中包括用于指示是否继续使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池的信息;若第一网络设备决定使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池,该第五消息中包括第三指示信息,例如该第三指示信息可以是用于表示接受当前的资源配置的1bit指示位;若第一网络设备决定不使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池,该第五消息中包括第四指示信息,用于指示终端设备新的资源配置,例如该第四指示信息可以是用于指示第一网络设备重新为终端设备分配的第四传输资源和/或第四传输资源池的信息。需要说明的是,考虑到终端设备在第一RNA区域内发生小区重选时仍可继续使用第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送资源配置释放消息也可以为,第一网络设备向第一RNA区域内的所有网络设备发送资源配置释放消息,从而使该第一RNA区域内的所有网络设备都释放第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池,从而提高资源利用率。For example, if the terminal device previously switched from the RRC connected state to the RRC inactive state, when the terminal device leaves the first RNA region and enters the second RNA region (the second RNA region is different from the first RNA region), the RNA update process can be triggered. Exemplarily, the RNA update process may include: the terminal device sends a fourth message to the first network device for RRC connection establishment, and the fourth message includes the third transmission resource and/or third transmission resource reserved by the terminal device. Transmission resource pool information; after receiving the fourth message, the second network device can send a resource configuration release message to the second network device through the Xn interface between the network devices to notify the second network device to release the third transmission resource and/ Or the third transmission resource pool; at the same time, the first network device can also decide whether the terminal device can continue to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool after the terminal device RRC connection is established; the first network device can send the terminal The device sends a fifth message in response to the RRC connection establishment request in the fourth message, and the fifth message includes information indicating whether to continue to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool; if the first network The device decides to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool. The fifth message includes third indication information. For example, the third indication information may be a 1-bit indication bit used to indicate acceptance of the current resource configuration; A network device decides not to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool. The fifth message includes fourth indication information for indicating the new resource configuration of the terminal device. For example, the fourth indication information may be used for Information indicating the fourth transmission resource and/or the fourth transmission resource pool re-allocated by the first network device to the terminal device. It should be noted that, considering that the terminal device can continue to use the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool when cell reselection occurs in the first RNA area, the first network device sends the resource configuration release to the second network device The message may also be that the first network device sends a resource configuration release message to all network devices in the first RNA area, so that all network devices in the first RNA area release the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource Pool, thereby improving resource utilization.
在另一种可能的设计中,考虑到处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备可从配置的第三传输资源池中选择资源进行侧链数据传输,而从第三传输资源池中选择的资源也可能无法保证高QoS要求业务的数据传输。因此,处于RRC空闲态的终端设备可在满足预设的触发连接的条件时,向第一网络设备发送用于RRC连接建立的第四消息;处于RRC非激活态的终端设备可在满足预设的触发连接的条件时,向第一网络设备发送用于RRC连接恢复的第四消息。当终端设备与第一网络设备之间建立RRC连接,从RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态转换到RRC连接态后,资源配置模式相应地也会发生变化,终端设备可使 用第一种资源配置模式,请求第一网络设备为其调度专用的传输资源,从而更好地支持业务的QoS要求。In another possible design, considering that the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can select resources from the configured third transmission resource pool for side-chain data transmission, and select from the third transmission resource pool The resources may not guarantee data transmission for services with high QoS requirements. Therefore, a terminal device in the RRC idle state can send a fourth message for establishing an RRC connection to the first network device when the preset conditions for triggering the connection are met; When the condition for triggering the connection is sent to the first network device, a fourth message for RRC connection recovery is sent. When an RRC connection is established between the terminal device and the first network device, and the RRC idle state or RRC inactive state is switched to the RRC connected state, the resource configuration mode will change accordingly, and the terminal device can use the first resource configuration mode , Request the first network device to schedule dedicated transmission resources for it, so as to better support the QoS requirements of the service.
本申请实施例提供的触发连接的条件可包括如下的一项或多项:The conditions for triggering the connection provided in the embodiments of the present application may include one or more of the following:
条件1:使用第三传输资源池中的资源传输数据时,信道状态信息差于或差于等于第一阈值,或者信道拥塞程度大于或大于等于第二阈值。Condition 1: When using the resources in the third transmission resource pool to transmit data, the channel state information is worse than or worse than the first threshold, or the degree of channel congestion is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
本申请实施例中,满足条件1表示:当前侧行链路上的信道质量较差,现有业务的侧链数据传输可能无法得到保障。原因可能是使用相近传输资源的终端设备距离较近,相互之间干扰较为严重,或者同一区域内的终端设备数量较多,第三传输资源池不能支撑这些终端设备的业务传输,所以需要终端设备发起RRC连接建立请求或RRC连接恢复请求。In the embodiment of the present application, satisfying condition 1 means that the channel quality on the current side link is poor, and the side chain data transmission of the existing service may not be guaranteed. The reason may be that terminal devices that use similar transmission resources are close together and interfere with each other more severely, or there are more terminal devices in the same area. The third transmission resource pool cannot support the service transmission of these terminal devices, so terminal devices are required Initiate an RRC connection establishment request or an RRC connection recovery request.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备可根据接收到的信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI),确定当前的信道质量情况,若信道状态信息差于或差于等于第一阈值,说明信道质量较差,需要请求RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复。终端设备还可在配置的传输资源池上进行信道拥塞程度的测量,例如,信道拥塞程度可以为信道忙碌比率(channel busy rate,CBR),当信道拥塞程度大于或大于等于第二阈值时,说明信道质量较差,需要请求RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复。终端设备在向网络设备发送第四消息时,RRC连接建立请求或RRC连接恢复请求时,还可以在第四消息中携带用于指示当前网络状态(例如测量到的信道拥塞程度等)的辅助信息,从而便于第一网络设备为其配置合适的专用传输资源。In a possible design, the terminal device can determine the current channel quality according to the received channel state information (CSI). If the channel state information is worse than or equal to the first threshold, the channel quality If it is worse, it needs to request RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery. The terminal equipment can also measure the degree of channel congestion on the configured transmission resource pool. For example, the degree of channel congestion can be the channel busy rate (CBR). When the degree of channel congestion is greater than or equal to the second threshold, the channel The quality is poor, and RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery needs to be requested. When the terminal device sends the fourth message to the network device, the RRC connection establishment request or the RRC connection recovery request, the fourth message may also carry auxiliary information for indicating the current network status (such as the measured channel congestion degree, etc.) , So as to facilitate the first network device to configure appropriate dedicated transmission resources for it.
条件2:第三传输资源池不满足或无法支持新业务的服务质量QoS要求。Condition 2: The third transmission resource pool does not meet or cannot support the QoS requirements of the new service.
本申请实施例中,第三传输资源池不满足或无法支持新业务的QoS要求,可包括:新业务要求的传输时延(latency)小于或小于等于第三阈值、新业务要求的可靠性(reliability)大于或大于等于第四阈值、新业务要求的传输速率(data rate)大于或大于等于第五阈值、新业务要求的通信距离(mimimum required communication range)大于或大于等于第六阈值、新业务对应的一个或多个QoS参数超过第七阈值范围或不在配置列表的范围内中的一项或多项。其中,这里的一个或多个QoS参数可包括PQI、VQI、5QI、QFI、GFBR、MFBR等中的一个或多个。In the embodiment of this application, the third transmission resource pool does not meet or cannot support the QoS requirements of the new service, which may include: the transmission delay required by the new service is less than or equal to the third threshold, and the reliability required by the new service ( Reliability) is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold, the transmission rate required by the new business (data rate) is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold, the communication distance required by the new business (mimimum required communication range) is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold, and the new business One or more of the corresponding one or more QoS parameters exceeding the seventh threshold range or not in the range of the configuration list. Wherein, the one or more QoS parameters here may include one or more of PQI, VQI, 5QI, QFI, GFBR, MFBR, and so on.
不满足或无法支持新业务的QoS要求的原因可能是,新业务要求的更高的QoS参数,例如可以是更低的传输时延、更高的可靠性、更高的传输速率、更大的通信距离等,无法在基于目前配置的传输资源池选择的资源上实现,需要网络设备配置更合适的传输资源来满足新业务的要求。The reason for not meeting or failing to support the QoS requirements of the new service may be higher QoS parameters required by the new service, for example, lower transmission delay, higher reliability, higher transmission rate, and larger Communication distance, etc., cannot be realized on the resources selected based on the currently configured transmission resource pool, and network equipment is required to configure more appropriate transmission resources to meet the requirements of new services.
条件3:业务传输模式(traffic pattern)发生变化。Condition 3: The service transmission pattern (traffic pattern) changes.
业务传输模式包含业务的传输周期(periodicity)、业务传输的数据量信息、业务传输的时间信息、业务传输的频率信息等多种类型的信息。其中,业务的传输周期用于指示估计的该业务的数据在逻辑信道上到达时间间隔,例如可以包括20ms、50ms、100ms、200ms、甚至1000ms等多种取值,具体不作限定;业务传输的数据量信息可以是为该业务配置的传输块(transport block,TB)的大小或数据长度,如可以是messagesize信息;业务传输的时间信息用于指示业务传输所在的时间位置,例如可以是timingoffset信息。The service transmission mode includes various types of information such as the period of service transmission (periodicity), the amount of data transmitted by the service, the time information of service transmission, and the frequency information of service transmission. Among them, the transmission period of the service is used to indicate the estimated time interval for the data of the service to arrive on the logical channel. For example, it can include various values such as 20ms, 50ms, 100ms, 200ms, or even 1000ms, which is not specifically limited; the service transmission data The amount information may be the size or data length of a transport block (TB) configured for the service, such as messagesize information; the time information of service transmission is used to indicate the time position of service transmission, for example, it may be timingoffset information.
业务传输模式发生变化可包括:业务的传输周期(periodicity)、业务传输的数据量信息、业务传输的时间信息、业务传输的频率信息中的一种或多种发生变化。由于业务传输模式发生变化,系统广播消息中配置的传输资源池可能不再满足或不再适合业务传输的要 求。因此,需要终端设备请求RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复,使网络设备配置专用的传输资源。示例性的,业务传输模式发生变化可以为业务的传输周期从100ms变成50ms或20ms等。Changes in the service transmission mode may include: changes in one or more of the period of service transmission (periodicity), data volume information of service transmission, time information of service transmission, and frequency information of service transmission. Due to changes in the service transmission mode, the transmission resource pool configured in the system broadcast message may no longer meet or no longer meet the requirements of service transmission. Therefore, the terminal device needs to request RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery, so that the network device is configured with dedicated transmission resources. Exemplarily, the change in the service transmission mode may be that the service transmission period changes from 100 ms to 50 ms or 20 ms.
应理解,在终端设备不存在保留的第三传输资源池和/或第三传输资源的场景中,处于RRC空闲态的终端设备也可以在满足预设的触发连接的条件的情况下,向第一网络设备发送第四消息,用于RRC连接建立;处于RRC非激活态的终端设备也可以在满足预设的触发连接的条件的情况下,向第一网络设备发送第四消息,用于RRC连接恢复。It should be understood that in a scenario where the terminal device does not have the reserved third transmission resource pool and/or the third transmission resource, the terminal device in the RRC idle state can also send the third transmission resource to the first terminal device when the preset connection trigger condition is satisfied. A network device sends a fourth message for RRC connection establishment; a terminal device in the RRC inactive state can also send a fourth message to the first network device for RRC when the preset conditions for triggering the connection are met. The connection is restored.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,请参阅图9,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图,该通信装置900包括:收发模块910和处理模块920。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device. Please refer to FIG. 9, which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application. The communication device 900 includes a transceiver module 910 and a processing module 920.
该通信装置可用于实现上述任一方法实施例中涉及第一网络设备的功能。例如,该通信装置可以是第一网络设备或第一网络设备中包括的芯片。或者,该通信装置也可用于实现上述任一方法实施例中涉及第二网络设备的功能,例如该通信装置可以是第二网络设备或第二网络设备中包括的芯片。The communication device can be used to implement the function related to the first network device in any of the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the communication device may be the first network device or a chip included in the first network device. Alternatively, the communication device may also be used to implement a function related to the second network device in any of the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the communication device may be the second network device or a chip included in the second network device.
当该通信装置作为第一网络设备,执行图4中所示的方法实施例时,收发模块910,用于接收第二网络设备发送的第一消息,该第一消息用于切换请求,第一消息包括用于指示在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息,第一传输资源和第一传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输,其中第一传输资源是在源小区中为终端设备调度的传输资源,第一传输资源池是在源小区中配置的传输资源池,终端设备处于无线资源控制RRC连接态;该收发模块910还用于,向第二网络设备发送用于响应切换请求的第二消息;处理模块920,用于执行决策终端设备切换到目标小区后是否继续使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的操作。When the communication device is used as the first network device to execute the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the transceiver module 910 is configured to receive the first message sent by the second network device, the first message is used for the handover request, and the first The message includes information used to indicate the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell. The first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side chain data transmission of the terminal device. A transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled for a terminal device in the source cell, the first transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, and the terminal device is in a radio resource control RRC connection state; the transceiver module 910 is also used to: Send a second message for responding to the handover request to the second network device; the processing module 920 is configured to perform an operation of deciding whether the terminal device continues to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after handing over to the target cell.
当该通信装置作为第二网络设备,执行图4中所示的方法实施例时,收发模块910,用于向第一网络设备发送第一消息,该第一消息包括用于指示在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息,其中第一传输资源和第一传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输,第一传输资源是在源小区中为终端设备调度的传输资源,第一传输资源池是在源小区中配置的传输资源池,终端设备处于无线资源控制RRC连接态;该收发模块910,还用于接收第一网络设备发送的用于响应切换请求的第二消息,该第二消息包括用于指示终端设备切换到目标小区后是否继续使用第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息。处理模块920,用于获取在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池。When the communication device is used as the second network device and executes the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the transceiver module 910 is configured to send a first message to the first network device, and the first message includes instructions for indicating that it is in the source cell Information about the configured first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool, where the first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side-chain data transmission of the terminal device, and the first transmission resource is in the source cell. For the transmission resources scheduled by the terminal device, the first transmission resource pool is the transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, and the terminal device is in the radio resource control RRC connection state; the transceiver module 910 is also used to receive data sent by the first network device A second message in response to the handover request, where the second message includes information used to indicate whether the terminal device continues to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after handing over to the target cell. The processing module 920 is configured to obtain the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool configured in the source cell.
应理解,该通信装置中涉及的处理模块920可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块910可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。该通信装置中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中所示方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the processing module 920 involved in the communication device may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components, and the transceiver module 910 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components. The operation and/or function of each module in the communication device is to implement the corresponding process of the method shown in FIG. 4, and is not repeated here for brevity.
请参阅图10,为本申请实施例中提供的一种通信装置的另一结构示意图。该通信装置可具体为一种网络设备,例如基站。用于实现行上述方法实施例中涉及第一网络设备的功能,或用于实现上述方法实施例中涉及第二网络设备的功能。Please refer to FIG. 10, which is a schematic diagram of another structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the application. The communication device may specifically be a network device, such as a base station. It is used to implement the function related to the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment, or is used to implement the function related to the second network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
该网络设备包括:一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)1001和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)1002。所述RRU 1001可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线10011和射频单元10012。所述RRU 1001部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及 射频信号与基带信号的转换。所述BBU 1002部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU 1001与BBU 1002可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。The network equipment includes: one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1001 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also known as digital units, digital units, DU) )1002. The RRU 1001 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 10011 and a radio frequency unit 10012. The RRU 1001 part is mainly used for receiving and sending radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals. The part 1002 of the BBU is mainly used for baseband processing, control of the base station, and so on. The RRU 1001 and the BBU 1002 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
所述BBU 1002为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理单元)1002可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。The BBU 1002 is the control center of the base station, which may also be called a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading. For example, the BBU (processing unit) 1002 may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
在一个示例中,所述BBU 1002可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入指示的无线接入网(如LTE网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述BBU 1002还可以包括存储器10021和处理器10022,所述存储器10021用于存储必要的指令和数据。所述处理器10022用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中发送操作。所述存储器10021和处理器10022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU 1002 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network with a single access indication (such as an LTE network), or they may support different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks). The BBU 1002 may further include a memory 10021 and a processor 10022, and the memory 10021 is used to store necessary instructions and data. The processor 10022 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform the sending operation in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 10021 and the processor 10022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
本申请实施例还提供另一种通信装置,请参阅图11,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图,该通信装置1100包括:收发模块1110和处理模块1120。An embodiment of the present application also provides another communication device. Please refer to FIG. 11, which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1100 includes a transceiver module 1110 and a processing module 1120.
该通信装置可用于实现上述任一方法实施例中涉及终端设备的功能。例如,该通信装置可以是终端设备,例如车载终端设备;该通信装置还可以是终端设备中包括的芯片,或者包括终端设备的装置,如各种类型的车辆等。The communication device can be used to implement the functions related to terminal equipment in any of the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the communication device may be a terminal device, such as a vehicle-mounted terminal device; the communication device may also be a chip included in the terminal device, or a device including the terminal device, such as various types of vehicles.
当该通信装置作为终端设备,执行图5中所示的方法实施例时,处理模块1120用于获取满足触发连接的条件,该条件包括如下的一项或多项:系统广播消息中未包括业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池、使用为业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池中的传输资源传输数据时,信道状态信息差于或等于第一阈值或信道拥塞程度大于或等于第二阈值、为当前业务感兴趣频点配置的传输资源池不满足新业务的服务质量QoS要求、业务传输模式发生变化;收发模块1110,用于向网络设备发送第三消息,该第三消息用于RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复。When the communication device is used as a terminal device to execute the method embodiment shown in FIG. 5, the processing module 1120 is used to obtain the condition for triggering the connection, and the condition includes one or more of the following: the system broadcast message does not include service When the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency point of interest and the transmission resource in the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency point of interest are used to transmit data, the channel state information is worse than or equal to the first threshold or the channel congestion degree is greater than or equal to the second threshold The transmission resource pool configured for the frequency of interest for the current service does not meet the QoS requirements of the new service, and the service transmission mode changes; the transceiver module 1110 is used to send a third message to the network device, and the third message is used for RRC The connection is established or the RRC connection is restored.
当该通信装置作为终端设备,执行图8中所示的方法实施例时,处理模块1120,用于使该终端设备进入无线资源控制RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态,或者离开网络设备覆盖范围;该处理模块1120,还用于保留在源小区中配置的第三传输资源和/或第三传输资源池,其中第三传输资源和第三传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输,第三传输资源是在源小区中为终端设备调度的传输资源,第三传输资源池是在源小区中配置的传输资源池。When the communication device is used as a terminal device to execute the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8, the processing module 1120 is configured to make the terminal device enter the radio resource control RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, or leave the coverage of the network device; The processing module 1120 is also used to reserve the third transmission resource and/or the third transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, where the third transmission resource and the third transmission resource pool are respectively used to support the side chain data transmission of the terminal device , The third transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the source cell, and the third transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the source cell.
该通信装置中涉及的处理模块1120可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1110可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。该通信装置中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图5、图8中所示方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The processing module 1120 involved in the communication device may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components, and the transceiver module 1110 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components. The operations and/or functions of each module in the communication device are used to implement the corresponding procedures of the methods shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 8 respectively. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
请参阅图12,为本申请实施例中提供的另一种通信装置的另一结构示意图。该通信装置具体可为一种终端设备。便于理解和图示方便,在图12中,终端设备以手机作为例子。如图12所示,终端设备包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,当然,也还可以包括射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置等。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要 用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。Please refer to FIG. 12, which is another schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of this application. The communication device may specifically be a terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate. In FIG. 12, the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example. As shown in FIG. 12, the terminal device includes a processor, and may also include a memory, and of course, it may also include a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, an input and output device, and so on. The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and the processing of radio frequency signal. The antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图12中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of description, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 12. In actual terminal equipment products, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。如图12所示,终端设备包括收发单元1210和处理单元1220。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元1110中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1210中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元1210包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。应理解,收发单元1210用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元1220用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 12, the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1210 and a processing unit 1220. The transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on. The processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1110 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 1210 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1210 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit. The transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit. It should be understood that the transceiving unit 1210 is used to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the processing unit 1220 is used to perform other operations on the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment except for the transceiving operation.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该芯片系统实现上述任一方法实施例中的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, including: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a program or instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the The chip system implements the method in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
可选地,该芯片系统中的处理器可以为一个或多个。该处理器可以通过硬件实现也可以通过软件实现。当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等。当通过软件实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现。Optionally, there may be one or more processors in the chip system. The processor can be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like. When implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory.
可选地,该芯片系统中的存储器也可以为一个或多个。该存储器可以与处理器集成在一起,也可以和处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。示例性的,存储器可以是非瞬时性处理器,例如只读存储器ROM,其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请对存储器的类型,以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不作具体限定。Optionally, there may be one or more memories in the chip system. The memory may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. Exemplarily, the memory may be a non-transitory processor, such as a read-only memory ROM, which may be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or may be set on different chips. The setting method of the processor is not specifically limited.
示例性的,该芯片系统可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。Exemplarily, the chip system may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC). It can also be a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or a microcontroller (microcontroller). The controller unit, MCU), may also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
应理解,上述方法实施例中的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。It should be understood that each step in the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可读指令,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机可读指令时,使得计算机执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores computer-readable instructions, and when the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer is caused to execute any of the foregoing method embodiments Method in.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序产品时,使得计算机执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product. When the computer reads and executes the computer program product, the computer is caused to execute the method in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述各方法实施例中所述的终端设备、第一网络设备、第二网络设备中的一个或多个。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes one or more of the terminal device, the first network device, and the second network device described in the foregoing method embodiments.
应理解,本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a central processing unit (CPU), or may be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), or application specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
需要说明的是,当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时,存储器(存储模块)集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component, the memory (storage module) is integrated in the processor.
应注意,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be noted that the memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present invention The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may be aware that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显 示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (28)

  1. 一种资源配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A resource configuration method, characterized in that the method includes:
    第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于切换请求,所述第一消息包括用于指示在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息,所述第一传输资源和所述第一传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输,所述第一传输资源是在所述源小区中为所述终端设备调度的传输资源,所述第一传输资源池是在所述源小区中配置的传输资源池,所述终端设备处于无线资源控制RRC连接态;The first network device receives the first message sent by the second network device, the first message is used for a handover request, and the first message includes the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission configured in the source cell. Information about the resource pool, the first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side-chain data transmission of the terminal device, and the first transmission resource is scheduled for the terminal device in the source cell The first transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, and the terminal device is in a radio resource control RRC connection state;
    所述第一网络设备向所述第二网络设备发送用于响应所述切换请求的第二消息,所述第二消息包括用于指示所述终端设备切换到目标小区后是否继续使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池的信息。The first network device sends a second message for responding to the handover request to the second network device, where the second message includes a second message for instructing the terminal device whether to continue to use the second network device after switching to the target cell. A transmission resource and/or information of the first transmission resource pool.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一网络设备决定所述终端设备切换到所述目标小区后使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池的情况下,所述第二消息中包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备切换到所述目标小区后使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池。The method according to claim 1, wherein after the first network device determines that the terminal device is handed over to the target cell, the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool is used In this case, the second message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission after switching to the target cell Resource pool.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一网络设备决定所述终端设备切换到所述目标小区后不使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池的情况下,所述第二消息中包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示在所述目标小区中重新配置的第二传输资源和/或第二传输资源池,所述第二传输资源和所述第二传输资源池分别用于支持所述终端设备的侧链数据传输,所述第二传输资源是在所述目标小区中为所述终端设备调度的传输资源,所述第二传输资源池是在所述目标小区中配置的传输资源池。The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission are not used after the first network device decides that the terminal device is handed over to the target cell In the case of a resource pool, the second message includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool reconfigured in the target cell, so The second transmission resource and the second transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side chain data transmission of the terminal device, and the second transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the target cell, The second transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the target cell.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池是所述第二网络设备从所述终端设备发送的测量上报消息中获得,或者,所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池是所述第二网络设备根据所述终端设备的标识确定的。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool is a measurement sent by the second network device from the terminal device Obtained from the report message, or the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool are determined by the second network device according to the identity of the terminal device.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一传输资源、所述第二传输资源为配置时需要下行控制信息DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源,或者配置时不需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源;The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource are transmission resources that require downlink control information DCI to indicate activation or deactivation when configured, or It is not necessary for DCI to indicate activation or deactivation transmission resources during configuration;
    所述第一传输资源池、所述第二传输资源池包括发送资源池和接收资源池。The first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool include a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool.
  6. 一种资源配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A resource configuration method, characterized in that the method includes:
    第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于切换请求,所述第一消息包括用于指示在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息,所述第一传输资源和所述第一传输资源池分别用于支持终端设备的侧链数据传输,所述第一传输资源是在所述源小区中为所述终端设备调度的传输资源,所述第一传输资源池是在所述源小区中配置的传输资源池,所述终端设备处于无线资源控制RRC连接态;The second network device sends a first message to the first network device, the first message is used for a handover request, and the first message includes the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource configured in the source cell Pool information, the first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side chain data transmission of the terminal device, and the first transmission resource is scheduled for the terminal device in the source cell Transmission resources, the first transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, and the terminal device is in a radio resource control RRC connection state;
    所述第二网络设备接收所述第一网络设备发送的用于响应所述切换请求的第二消息,所述第二消息包括用于指示所述终端设备切换到目标小区后是否继续使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池的信息。The second network device receives a second message sent by the first network device and used to respond to the handover request, where the second message includes a second message used to instruct the terminal device whether to continue using the handover request after switching to the target cell. The first transmission resource and/or the information of the first transmission resource pool.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一网络设备决定在所述终端设备切换到所述目标小区后使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池的情况下,所 述第二消息中包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在切换到所述目标小区后使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池。The method according to claim 6, wherein the first network device decides to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool after the terminal device is handed over to the target cell In the case that the second message includes first indication information, the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource after switching to the target cell. A transmission resource pool.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一网络设备决定在所述终端设备切换到所述目标小区后不使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池的情况下,所述第二消息中包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示在所述目标小区中重新配置的第二传输资源和/或第二传输资源池,所述第二传输资源和所述第二传输资源池分别用于在切换完成后支持所述终端设备的侧链数据传输,所述第二传输资源是在所述目标小区中为所述终端设备调度的传输资源,所述第二传输资源池是在所述目标小区中配置的传输资源池。The method according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that, after the first network device decides not to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource after the terminal device is handed over to the target cell In the case of a transmission resource pool, the second message includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool reconfigured in the target cell, The second transmission resource and the second transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side-chain data transmission of the terminal device after the handover is completed, and the second transmission resource is used for the terminal device in the target cell. For scheduled transmission resources, the second transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the target cell.
  9. 根据权利要求6至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein before the second network device sends the first message to the first network device, the method further comprises:
    所述第二网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的测量上报消息,并根据所述测量上报消息中获得所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池;或者,The second network device receives the measurement report message sent by the terminal device, and obtains the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool according to the measurement report message; or,
    所述第二网络设备根据所述终端设备的标识,确定所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池。The second network device determines the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool according to the identifier of the terminal device.
  10. 根据权利要求6至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一传输资源、所述第二传输资源为配置时需要下行控制信息DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源,或者配置时不需要DCI激活指示或去激活的发送资源;The method according to any one of claims 6 to 9, wherein the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource are transmission resources that require downlink control information DCI to indicate activation or deactivation when configured, or No DCI activation indication or deactivated transmission resources are required during configuration;
    所述第一传输资源池、所述第二传输资源池包括发送资源池和接收资源池。The first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool include a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool.
  11. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    收发模块,用于接收第二网络设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于切换请求,所述第一消息包括用于指示在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息,所述第一传输资源和所述第一传输资源池分别用于支持所述终端设备的侧链数据传输,所述第一传输资源是在所述源小区中为所述终端设备调度的传输资源,所述第一传输资源池是在所述源小区中配置的传输资源池,所述终端设备处于无线资源控制RRC连接态;The transceiver module is configured to receive a first message sent by a second network device, the first message is used for a handover request, and the first message includes a first transmission resource and/or a first message configured in the source cell. Information about the transmission resource pool, the first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side-chain data transmission of the terminal device, and the first transmission resource is the source cell for the A transmission resource scheduled by a terminal device, the first transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, and the terminal device is in a radio resource control RRC connection state;
    处理模块,用于通过所述收发模块向所述第二网络设备发送用于响应所述切换请求的第二消息,所述第二消息包括用于指示所述终端设备切换到目标小区后是否继续使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池的信息。A processing module, configured to send a second message for responding to the handover request to the second network device through the transceiver module, the second message including a second message for instructing the terminal device whether to continue after handover to the target cell Using the first transmission resource and/or the information of the first transmission resource pool.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的通信装置,其特征在于,在所述处理模块决定所述终端设备切换到所述目标小区后使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池的情况下,所述第二消息中包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备切换到所述目标小区后使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池。The communication device according to claim 11, wherein the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool are used after the processing module determines that the terminal device is handed over to the target cell Next, the second message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource after switching to the target cell Pool.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的通信装置,其特征在于,在所述处理模块决定所述终端设备切换到所述目标小区后不使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池的情况下,所述第二消息中包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示在所述目标小区中重新配置的第二传输资源和/或第二传输资源池,所述第二传输资源和所述第二传输资源池分别用于支持所述终端设备的侧链数据传输,所述第二传输资源是在所述目标小区中为所述终端设备调度的传输资源,所述第二传输资源池是在所述目标小区中配置的传输资源池。The communication device according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource are not used after the processing module determines that the terminal device is handed over to the target cell In the case of a pool, the second message includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool reconfigured in the target cell. The second transmission resource and the second transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side chain data transmission of the terminal device, and the second transmission resource is a transmission resource scheduled for the terminal device in the target cell, so The second transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the target cell.
  14. 根据权利要求11至13中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池是所述第二网络设备从所述终端设备发送的测量上报消息中 获得,或者,是所述第二网络设备根据所述终端设备的标识确定的。The communication device according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool are sent by the second network device from the terminal device Obtained from the measurement report message, or determined by the second network device according to the identifier of the terminal device.
  15. 根据权利要求11至14中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一传输资源、所述第二传输资源为配置时需要下行控制信息DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源,或者配置时不需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源;The communication device according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource are transmission resources that require downlink control information DCI to indicate activation or deactivation when configured; Or it is not necessary for DCI to indicate the transmission resources for activation or deactivation during configuration;
    所述第一传输资源池、所述第二传输资源池包括发送资源池和接收资源池。The first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool include a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool.
  16. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    处理模块,用于通过收发模块向第一网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于切换请求,所述第一消息包括用于指示在源小区中配置的第一传输资源和/或第一传输资源池的信息,所述第一传输资源和所述第一传输资源池分别用于支持所述终端设备的侧链数据传输,所述第一传输资源是在所述源小区中为所述终端设备调度的传输资源,所述第一传输资源池是在所述源小区中配置的传输资源池,所述终端设备处于无线资源控制RRC连接态;The processing module is configured to send a first message to the first network device through the transceiver module, where the first message is used for a handover request, and the first message includes the first transmission resource configured in the source cell and/or Information about the first transmission resource pool, the first transmission resource and the first transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side-chain data transmission of the terminal device, and the first transmission resource is in the source cell For transmission resources scheduled by the terminal device, the first transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the source cell, and the terminal device is in a radio resource control RRC connection state;
    所述收发模块,还用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的用于响应所述切换请求的第二消息,所述第二消息包括用于指示所述终端设备切换到目标小区后是否继续使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池的信息。The transceiver module is further configured to receive a second message sent by the first network device for responding to the handover request, and the second message includes a second message for instructing the terminal device whether to continue to use it after switching to the target cell. The information of the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的通信装置,其特征在于,在所述第一网络设备决定在所述终端设备切换到所述目标小区后使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池的情况下,所述第二消息中包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在切换到所述目标小区后使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池。The communication device according to claim 16, wherein the first network device decides to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource after the terminal device is handed over to the target cell In the case of a pool, the second message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource after switching to the target cell. The first transmission resource pool.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的通信装置,其特征在于,在所述第一网络设备决定在所述终端设备切换到所述目标小区后不使用所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池的情况下,所述第二消息中包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示在所述目标小区中重新配置的第二传输资源和/或第二传输资源池,所述第二传输资源和所述第二传输资源池分别用于在切换完成后支持所述终端设备的侧链数据传输,所述第二传输资源是在所述目标小区中为所述终端设备调度的传输资源,所述第二传输资源池是在所述目标小区中配置的传输资源池。The communication device according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the first network device decides not to use the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource after the terminal device is handed over to the target cell. In the case of a transmission resource pool, the second message includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the second transmission resource and/or the second transmission resource pool reconfigured in the target cell The second transmission resource and the second transmission resource pool are respectively used to support side-chain data transmission of the terminal device after the handover is completed, and the second transmission resource is used for the terminal in the target cell. For transmission resources scheduled by the device, the second transmission resource pool is a transmission resource pool configured in the target cell.
  19. 根据权利要求16至18中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,在向第一网络设备发送第一消息之前,The communication device according to any one of claims 16 to 18, characterized in that, before sending the first message to the first network device,
    所述收发模块,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的测量上报消息;所述处理模块,还用于根据所述测量上报消息获得所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池;或者,The transceiver module is further configured to receive a measurement report message sent by the terminal device; the processing module is further configured to obtain the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool according to the measurement report message ;or,
    所述处理模块,还用于根据所述终端设备的标识确定所述第一传输资源和/或所述第一传输资源池。The processing module is further configured to determine the first transmission resource and/or the first transmission resource pool according to the identifier of the terminal device.
  20. 根据权利要求16至19中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一传输资源、所述第二传输资源为配置时需要下行控制信息DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源,或者配置时不需要DCI指示激活或去激活的发送资源;The communication device according to any one of claims 16 to 19, wherein the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource are transmission resources that require downlink control information DCI to indicate activation or deactivation when configured; Or the DCI does not need to indicate activation or deactivation transmission resources during configuration;
    所述第一传输资源池、所述第二传输资源池包括发送资源池和接收资源池。The first transmission resource pool and the second transmission resource pool include a sending resource pool and a receiving resource pool.
  21. 一种资源配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A resource configuration method, characterized in that the method includes:
    终端设备获取满足触发连接的条件,其中,所述条件包括如下的一项或多项:The terminal device obtains the conditions for triggering the connection, where the conditions include one or more of the following:
    系统广播消息中未包括业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池、使用为业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池中的传输资源传输数据时,信道状态信息差于或差于等于第一阈值,或者 信道拥塞程度大于或大于等于第二阈值、为当前业务感兴趣频点配置的传输资源池不满足新业务的服务质量QoS要求、业务传输模式发生变化;The system broadcast message does not include the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest for the service. When the transmission resource in the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest for the service is used to transmit data, the channel state information is worse than or equal to the first threshold, Or the degree of channel congestion is greater than or equal to the second threshold, the transmission resource pool configured for the frequency of interest for the current service does not meet the QoS requirements of the new service, and the service transmission mode changes;
    所述终端设备向网络设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于无线资源控制RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复。The terminal device sends a third message to the network device, where the third message is used for radio resource control RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,为当前业务感兴趣频点配置的传输资源池不满足新业务的QoS要求,包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein the transmission resource pool configured for the frequency points of interest for the current service does not meet the QoS requirements of the new service, comprising:
    所述新业务要求的传输时延小于或小于等于第三阈值;或者,所述新业务要求的可靠性大于或大于等于第四阈值;或者,所述新业务要求的传输速率大于或大于等于第五阈值;或者,所述新业务要求的通信距离大于第六阈值;或者,所述新业务对应的一个或多个QoS参数中的超过第七阈值范围或不在配置列表的范围内;The transmission delay required by the new service is less than or equal to the third threshold; or, the reliability required by the new service is greater than or greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the transmission rate required by the new service is greater than or equal to the first threshold. Five thresholds; or, the communication distance required by the new service is greater than the sixth threshold; or, of the one or more QoS parameters corresponding to the new service exceeds the seventh threshold or is not in the configuration list;
    所述业务传输模式发生变化,包括:The change in the service transmission mode includes:
    所述业务的传输周期、所述业务传输的数据量信息、所述业务传输的时间信息、所述业务传输的频率信息中的一种或多种发生变化。One or more of the service transmission period, the data volume information of the service transmission, the time information of the service transmission, and the frequency information of the service transmission are changed.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法,其特征在于,针对包括所述第一阈值至所述第七阈值及所述配置列表在内的任一个或多个参数,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21 or 22, wherein, for any one or more parameters including the first threshold to the seventh threshold and the configuration list, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述任一个或多个参数;和/或,The terminal device receives the RRC message sent by the network device, where the RRC message includes any one or more parameters; and/or,
    所述终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的系统广播消息,所述系统广播消息包括所述任一个或多个参数;和/或,The terminal device receives a system broadcast message sent by the network device, where the system broadcast message includes any one or more parameters; and/or,
    所述终端设备获取预先配置在所述终端设备的所述任一个或多个参数。The terminal device obtains the any one or more parameters pre-configured on the terminal device.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 23, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备根据接收到的所述RRC消息,确定所述任一个或多个参数的取值;Determining, by the terminal device, the value of any one or more parameters according to the received RRC message;
    所述终端设备若未接收到所述RRC消息,则根据所述系统广播消息确定所述任一个或多个参数的取值;If the terminal device does not receive the RRC message, determine the value of any one or more parameters according to the system broadcast message;
    所述终端设备若未接收到所述RRC消息,且未接收到所述系统广播消息,则获取预先配置的所述任一个或多个参数。If the terminal device does not receive the RRC message, and does not receive the system broadcast message, acquire any one or more pre-configured parameters.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the device includes:
    处理模块,用于获取满足触发连接的条件,其中,所述条件包括如下的一项或多项:系统广播消息中未包括业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池、使用为业务感兴趣频点对应的传输资源池中的传输资源传输数据时,信道状态信息差于或差于等于第一阈值,或者信道拥塞程度大于或大于等于第二阈值、为当前业务感兴趣频点配置的传输资源池不满足新业务的服务质量QoS要求、业务传输模式发生变化;The processing module is used to obtain the conditions for triggering the connection, where the conditions include one or more of the following: the system broadcast message does not include the transmission resource pool corresponding to the frequency of interest for the business, and is used as the frequency of interest for the business When the transmission resource in the corresponding transmission resource pool transmits data, the channel state information is worse than or worse than the first threshold, or the channel congestion degree is greater than or greater than or equal to the second threshold, the transmission resource pool configured for the frequency of interest of the current service The QoS requirements of the new service are not met, and the service transmission mode changes;
    收发模块,用于向网络设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于无线资源控制RRC连接建立或RRC连接恢复。The transceiver module is configured to send a third message to the network device, where the third message is used for radio resource control RRC connection establishment or RRC connection recovery.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的通信装置,其特征在于,为当前业务感兴趣频点配置的传输资源池不满足新业务的QoS要求,包括:The communication device according to claim 25, wherein the transmission resource pool configured for the frequency points of interest for the current service does not meet the QoS requirements of the new service, comprising:
    所述新业务要求的传输时延小于或小于等于第三阈值;或者,所述新业务要求的可靠性大于或大于等于第四阈值;或者,所述新业务要求的传输速率大于或大于等于第五阈值;或者,所述新业务要求的通信距离大于第六阈值;或者,所述新业务对应的一个或多个QoS参数中的超过第七阈值范围或不在配置列表的范围内;The transmission delay required by the new service is less than or equal to the third threshold; or, the reliability required by the new service is greater than or greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the transmission rate required by the new service is greater than or equal to the first threshold. Five thresholds; or, the communication distance required by the new service is greater than the sixth threshold; or, of the one or more QoS parameters corresponding to the new service exceeds the seventh threshold or is not in the configuration list;
    所述业务传输模式发生变化,包括:The change in the service transmission mode includes:
    所述业务的传输周期、所述业务传输的数据量信息、所述业务传输的时间信息、用于所述业务传输的频率信息中的一种或多种发生变化。One or more of the service transmission period, the data volume information of the service transmission, the time information of the service transmission, and the frequency information used for the service transmission changes.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的通信装置,其特征在于,针对包括所述第一阈值至所述第七阈值及所述配置列表在内的任一个或多个参数,所述收发模块还用于:The communication device according to claim 25 or 26, wherein for any one or more parameters including the first threshold to the seventh threshold and the configuration list, the transceiver module further uses in:
    接收网络设备发送的RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述任一个或多个参数;和/或,Receiving an RRC message sent by a network device, where the RRC message includes any one or more parameters; and/or,
    接收所述网络设备发送的系统广播消息,所述系统广播消息包括所述任一个或多个参数;和/或,Receiving a system broadcast message sent by the network device, where the system broadcast message includes any one or more parameters; and/or,
    获取预先配置在所述终端设备的所述任一个或多个参数。Acquiring the any one or more parameters pre-configured on the terminal device.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The communication device according to claim 27, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
    根据所述RRC消息,确定所述任一个或多个参数的取值;Determine the value of any one or more parameters according to the RRC message;
    若所述收发模块未接收到所述RRC消息,则根据所述系统广播消息确定所述任一个或多个参数的取值;If the transceiver module does not receive the RRC message, determine the value of any one or more parameters according to the system broadcast message;
    若所述收发模块未接收到所述RRC消息,且未接收到所述系统广播消息,则获取预先配置的所述任一个或多个参数。If the transceiver module does not receive the RRC message and does not receive the system broadcast message, acquire any one or more of the pre-configured parameters.
PCT/CN2020/081938 2019-03-29 2020-03-28 Resource configuration method and communication device WO2020200135A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910252621.1 2019-03-29
CN201910252621.1A CN111757403B (en) 2019-03-29 2019-03-29 Resource allocation method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020200135A1 true WO2020200135A1 (en) 2020-10-08

Family

ID=72664699

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/081938 WO2020200135A1 (en) 2019-03-29 2020-03-28 Resource configuration method and communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111757403B (en)
WO (1) WO2020200135A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114449631A (en) * 2022-01-27 2022-05-06 上海擎昆信息科技有限公司 State switching method and device, terminal equipment and readable storage medium

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114080038A (en) * 2020-08-20 2022-02-22 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource indicating and acquiring method and communication equipment
WO2022120841A1 (en) * 2020-12-11 2022-06-16 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method and apparatus for determining candidate target cell, device, and computer storage medium
CN117296372A (en) * 2021-05-21 2023-12-26 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method and device for switching service between terminal devices
CN113473546A (en) * 2021-07-15 2021-10-01 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Terminal switching method, equipment and readable storage medium
CN113784376B (en) * 2021-09-28 2023-06-13 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Communication system processing method, server and storage medium
CN114158071B (en) * 2021-11-26 2023-05-30 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Method and device for data transmission in private network
CN117177316A (en) * 2022-05-26 2023-12-05 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104936164A (en) * 2014-03-17 2015-09-23 电信科学技术研究院 Method and device for indicating D2D related information and determining D2D transmitted resource
CN105992291A (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-10-05 上海贝尔股份有限公司 Method and device for supporting ProSe business continuity
CN107295644A (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-24 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 Communication processing method and device
WO2018084590A1 (en) * 2016-11-03 2018-05-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for transmitting sidelink channel busy ratio in wireless communication system
EP3416436A1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2018-12-19 BlackBerry Limited Configuring sidelink communications
US20190045576A1 (en) * 2016-02-05 2019-02-07 Lg Electronics Inc. V2x operation method performed by terminal in wireless communication system and terminal using same

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101651899B (en) * 2008-08-12 2012-12-05 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for requesting reestablishment of LTE RRC connection, method for setting cause value and terminal
EP3100574A1 (en) * 2014-01-31 2016-12-07 Nokia Technologies Oy Configured condition for radio resource control connection re-establishment procedure
US10986690B2 (en) * 2016-11-11 2021-04-20 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for configuring RRC connection establishment cause for relay terminal in idle state in wireless communication system
CN110199533B (en) * 2016-12-23 2022-05-24 Lg电子株式会社 Method for performing V2X communication in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
CN108924930A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-11-30 华为技术有限公司 Wireless connecting establishment method and device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104936164A (en) * 2014-03-17 2015-09-23 电信科学技术研究院 Method and device for indicating D2D related information and determining D2D transmitted resource
CN105992291A (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-10-05 上海贝尔股份有限公司 Method and device for supporting ProSe business continuity
US20190045576A1 (en) * 2016-02-05 2019-02-07 Lg Electronics Inc. V2x operation method performed by terminal in wireless communication system and terminal using same
CN107295644A (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-24 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 Communication processing method and device
WO2018084590A1 (en) * 2016-11-03 2018-05-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for transmitting sidelink channel busy ratio in wireless communication system
EP3416436A1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2018-12-19 BlackBerry Limited Configuring sidelink communications

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114449631A (en) * 2022-01-27 2022-05-06 上海擎昆信息科技有限公司 State switching method and device, terminal equipment and readable storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111757403B (en) 2022-09-02
CN111757403A (en) 2020-10-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020200135A1 (en) Resource configuration method and communication device
US10880789B2 (en) Method for establishing a fronthaul interface, method for performing access for a UE, method and apparatus for performing a handover for a UE, data forwarding method, user equipment and base station
US11399361B2 (en) V2X sidelink communication
CN110891314A (en) Communication method, resource allocation method and device
KR20170113440A (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication in wireless communication system
CN110677921B (en) Configuration method and device of side link radio bearer
WO2017156856A1 (en) Method, d2d device, and base station used for d2d communications
RU2753572C1 (en) Wireless device, radio network node and methods used in them
US11470630B2 (en) Method and system for upgrading CPE firmware
CN114173308A (en) System information transmission method and device
JP2021523615A (en) Communication method and device
US20230015755A1 (en) System and method for sidelink communications in wireless communication networks
US10798708B2 (en) Method for data transmission in wireless network, apparatus, and system
WO2020043197A1 (en) Data transmission method, radio access network device, and terminal device
CN110475210B (en) Communication method and device
EP3657884B1 (en) Service data transmission method and apparatus
EP3257317B1 (en) Uplink scheduling with wlan/3gpp aggregation
CN113766575A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2020124534A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2019174017A1 (en) Method for carrier selection in internet of vehicles, and terminal device
JPWO2019214301A5 (en)
CN115529662A (en) Communication method and device
JP2023526459A (en) Enhanced buffer status reporting
CN110178404A (en) A kind of resource using method, relevant apparatus and system
JP2022544501A (en) Sidelink RRC procedure

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20785420

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20785420

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1